1 #LyX 1.5.4svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
23 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
24 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
25 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
26 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
27 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
28 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
29 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
31 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
33 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
34 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
36 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
38 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
39 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
41 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
42 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
43 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
46 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
48 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
49 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
50 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
53 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
54 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
56 % redefine the greyed out note
57 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
58 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
60 \options intoc,refpage,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
80 \paperorientation portrait
91 \paragraph_separation indent
93 \quotes_language english
96 \paperpagestyle default
97 \tracking_changes false
114 \begin_layout Standard
116 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
119 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
131 \begin_layout Standard
132 \begin_inset Note Note
135 \begin_layout Standard
136 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
143 \begin_layout Standard
144 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
149 \begin_layout Standard
150 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
154 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
170 \begin_layout Chapter
174 \begin_layout Section
178 \begin_layout Standard
179 LyX is a document preparation system.
180 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
181 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
182 It is unlike most other
183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
190 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
192 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
204 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
213 \begin_layout Standard
214 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
231 \begin_layout Standard
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
244 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
245 the format of all of the manuals.
246 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
247 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 \begin_layout Section
268 \begin_layout Standard
269 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
271 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
272 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
274 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
296 \begin_layout Standard
297 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
298 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
299 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
301 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
302 only a vertical scrollbar.
303 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
304 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
305 This, however, is due
306 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
307 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
308 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
309 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
311 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
312 this doesn't work for equations yet.
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
317 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
319 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
350 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
359 without resorting to configuration files.
360 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
361 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
362 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
373 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
374 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
375 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
376 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
378 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
383 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
387 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
390 \begin_layout Section
392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
393 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
400 \begin_layout Standard
401 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
402 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
410 \begin_layout Standard
422 that will be created when using the menu
424 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
429 \begin_layout Standard
440 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
441 \begin_inset Note Note
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
453 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
454 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
456 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
461 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
463 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
464 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
474 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
475 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
482 \begin_layout Chapter
486 \begin_layout Section
487 Basic File Operations
488 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
489 name "File Operations"
496 \begin_layout Standard
501 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
505 \begin_layout Itemize
511 \begin_layout Itemize
523 \begin_layout Itemize
529 \begin_layout Itemize
535 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
563 \begin_layout Itemize
569 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Standard
588 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
589 a few minor differences.
592 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
601 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
602 you for a template to use.
603 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
604 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
605 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
606 (see section\InsetSpace ~
608 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
609 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
616 \begin_layout Standard
618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
641 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
642 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
645 \begin_layout Standard
657 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
661 \begin_layout Standard
662 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
681 will reload the document from disk.
682 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
683 and want to restore it to the last save.
689 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
690 can identify this as your changes.
693 \begin_layout Section
694 Basic Editing Features
695 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
701 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
702 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
709 \begin_layout Standard
710 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
711 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
712 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
713 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
715 We'll start with cut and paste.
718 \begin_layout Standard
719 As you might expect, the
723 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
724 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
728 \begin_layout Itemize
734 \begin_layout Itemize
740 \begin_layout Itemize
746 \begin_layout Itemize
753 \begin_layout Itemize
760 \begin_layout Itemize
768 \begin_layout Standard
769 The first three are self-explanatory.
770 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
771 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
780 keys also functions as the
785 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
786 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
791 to get back the lost text.
794 \begin_layout Standard
795 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
800 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
806 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
809 \begin_layout Standard
812 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
814 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
816 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
819 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
825 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
831 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
832 will start a new paragraph.
835 \begin_layout Standard
836 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
849 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
861 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
866 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
877 button to skip the current word.
883 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
889 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
891 If the toggle is set, searching for
892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
903 will not match the word
904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
918 Match whole words only
920 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
948 \begin_layout Standard
949 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
950 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
952 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
957 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
964 \begin_layout Section
966 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
972 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
978 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
979 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
986 \begin_layout Standard
987 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
988 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
991 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
994 to undo some mistake.
995 If you accidentally undo too much, use
997 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1008 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1013 \begin_layout Standard
1014 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1015 it was last saved, the
1016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1023 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1024 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1027 \begin_layout Standard
1036 work on almost everything in LyX.
1037 They have some quirks, too.
1046 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1047 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1055 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1056 surely appreciate how it works.
1059 \begin_layout Section
1061 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1062 name "Mouse Operations"
1069 \begin_layout Standard
1070 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1073 \begin_layout Enumerate
1078 \begin_layout Itemize
1083 once anywhere in the edit window.
1084 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1088 \begin_layout Enumerate
1093 \begin_layout Itemize
1099 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1102 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1105 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1108 \begin_layout Itemize
1109 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1118 \begin_layout Enumerate
1119 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1123 \begin_layout Standard
1128 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1129 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1130 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1134 \begin_layout Enumerate
1139 \begin_layout Standard
1144 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1149 \begin_layout Section
1151 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1152 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1157 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1165 \begin_layout Standard
1166 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1167 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1169 LyX's default is CUA.
1172 \begin_layout Standard
1199 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1203 \begin_layout Labeling
1204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1208 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1210 description "Tabulator key"
1216 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1217 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1219 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1220 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1225 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1226 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1230 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1232 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1233 reference "sub:Lists"
1239 If you're still confused, look in the
1246 \begin_layout Labeling
1247 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1251 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1253 description "Escape key"
1260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1267 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1268 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1271 \begin_layout Labeling
1272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1283 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1284 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1288 \begin_layout Standard
1289 There are three modifier keys:
1292 \begin_layout Labeling
1293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1311 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1313 description "Control key"
1317 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1318 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1322 \begin_layout Itemize
1331 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1343 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1346 \begin_layout Itemize
1355 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1359 \begin_layout Labeling
1360 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1378 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1380 description "Shift key"
1384 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1385 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1388 \begin_layout Labeling
1389 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1407 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1409 description "Meta or Alt key"
1413 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1414 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1415 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1421 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1423 menu accelerator keys
1426 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1427 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1431 \begin_layout Standard
1432 For example, the sequence
1433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1484 \begin_layout Standard
1485 There are also other things bound to the
1489 key, but you'll have to check in the
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1502 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1503 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1504 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1505 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1506 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1507 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1508 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1524 followed by a capital
1530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1548 \begin_layout Chapter
1550 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1558 \begin_layout Section
1560 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1561 name "Document ! Types"
1568 \begin_layout Subsection
1572 \begin_layout Standard
1573 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1574 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1575 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1576 numbering schemes, and so on.
1577 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1578 and format the title of your document differently.
1581 \begin_layout Standard
1586 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1587 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1588 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1589 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1590 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1593 \begin_layout Standard
1594 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1595 how to adjust their properties.
1598 \begin_layout Subsection
1600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1601 name "Document ! Classes"
1606 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1607 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1614 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1618 \begin_layout Standard
1619 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1623 \begin_layout Description
1624 Article for basic articles
1627 \begin_layout Description
1628 Report for basic reports
1631 \begin_layout Description
1632 Book for writing a book
1635 \begin_layout Description
1636 Letter for US-style letters
1639 \begin_layout Standard
1640 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1642 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1643 can be found in chapter
1645 Special Document Classes
1654 \begin_layout Description
1655 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1658 \begin_layout Description
1665 \begin_layout Standard
1674 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1678 \begin_layout Description
1679 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1680 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1681 There are three article layouts available.
1682 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1683 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1684 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1685 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1690 sequential numbering
1691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1694 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1695 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1696 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1697 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1700 \begin_layout Description
1701 Beamer Layout for presentations
1704 \begin_layout Description
1705 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1706 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1710 \begin_layout Description
1711 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1712 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1715 \begin_layout Description
1716 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1719 \begin_layout Description
1722 Die TeXnische Komödie
1724 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1727 \begin_layout Description
1728 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1731 \begin_layout Description
1732 Foils Used to make transparencies
1735 \begin_layout Description
1736 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1739 \begin_layout Description
1740 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1741 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1745 \begin_layout Description
1746 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1747 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1750 \begin_layout Description
1751 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1754 \begin_layout Description
1755 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1758 \begin_layout Description
1759 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1760 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1763 \begin_layout Description
1764 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1767 \begin_layout Description
1772 LaTeX document class
1775 \begin_layout Description
1776 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1779 \begin_layout Description
1784 \begin_layout Standard
1791 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1792 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1794 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1797 \begin_layout Description
1798 Slides Used to make transparencies
1801 \begin_layout Description
1803 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1804 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1807 \begin_layout Description
1808 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1811 \begin_layout Description
1816 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1819 \begin_layout Standard
1820 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1822 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1827 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1828 of the document classes.
1831 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1835 \begin_layout Standard
1836 You can select a class using the
1838 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1840 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1841 name "Document ! Settings"
1848 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1857 Each class has a default set of options.
1858 Here's a quick table describing them:
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1862 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1868 \begin_layout Standard
1870 \begin_inset Tabular
1871 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1874 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1877 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1878 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1882 \begin_layout Standard
1888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1891 \begin_layout Standard
1906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1909 \begin_layout Standard
1924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1927 \begin_layout Standard
1942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1945 \begin_layout Standard
1961 <row topline="true">
1962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1965 \begin_layout Standard
1979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1982 \begin_layout Standard
1997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2000 \begin_layout Standard
2015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2018 \begin_layout Standard
2033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2036 \begin_layout Standard
2052 <row topline="true">
2053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2056 \begin_layout Standard
2070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2073 \begin_layout Standard
2088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2091 \begin_layout Standard
2106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2109 \begin_layout Standard
2124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2127 \begin_layout Standard
2143 <row topline="true">
2144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2147 \begin_layout Standard
2161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2164 \begin_layout Standard
2179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2182 \begin_layout Standard
2197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2200 \begin_layout Standard
2215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2218 \begin_layout Standard
2234 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2238 \begin_layout Standard
2252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2255 \begin_layout Standard
2270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2273 \begin_layout Standard
2288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2291 \begin_layout Standard
2306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2309 \begin_layout Standard
2331 \begin_layout Standard
2332 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2338 \begin_layout Standard
2339 You're probably also wondering what
2340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2349 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2350 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2355 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2360 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2370 headings, there are also
2378 headings, and so on.
2379 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2381 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2382 reference "sub:Headings"
2389 \begin_layout Subsection
2391 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2392 name "Document ! Layout"
2397 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2398 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2405 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2406 name "Document ! Settings"
2413 \begin_layout Standard
2414 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2426 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2429 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2431 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2432 to use for your document.
2433 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2437 \begin_layout Standard
2447 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2448 You can choose between the following five options:
2451 \begin_layout Labeling
2452 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2457 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2460 \begin_layout Labeling
2461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2466 No page numbers or headings.
2469 \begin_layout Labeling
2470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2478 \begin_layout Labeling
2479 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2484 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2485 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2486 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2489 \begin_layout Labeling
2490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2495 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2499 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2500 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2507 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2508 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2510 Check the documentation for the
2514 package for more details,
2515 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2523 \begin_layout Standard
2528 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2530 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2531 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2538 \begin_layout Subsection
2539 Paper Size and Orientation
2540 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2541 name "Document ! Paper size"
2546 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2547 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2554 \begin_layout Standard
2555 You'll find the following options in the menu
2560 of the dialog of the
2562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2568 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2569 name "Document ! Settings"
2576 \begin_layout Labeling
2577 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2582 What size paper to print on.
2586 \begin_layout Itemize
2592 \begin_layout Itemize
2602 \begin_layout Itemize
2608 \begin_layout Itemize
2614 \begin_layout Itemize
2620 \begin_layout Itemize
2626 \begin_layout Itemize
2632 \begin_layout Labeling
2633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2638 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2649 \begin_layout Labeling
2650 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2653 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2656 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2657 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2660 \begin_layout Subsection
2662 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2663 name "Document ! Margins"
2668 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2674 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2682 \begin_layout Standard
2683 Paper margins are set in the menu
2685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2691 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2692 name "Document ! Settings"
2699 \begin_layout Standard
2700 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2701 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2702 the paper format and the font size into account.
2705 \begin_layout Subsection
2709 \begin_layout Standard
2710 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2715 That includes the paragraph environments.
2716 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2717 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2718 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2719 paragraph environments to
2723 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2724 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2725 the conversion and why it failed.
2728 \begin_layout Section
2729 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2730 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2731 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2738 \begin_layout Subsection
2740 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2741 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2748 \begin_layout Standard
2749 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2750 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2753 \begin_layout Standard
2754 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2755 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2756 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2757 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2761 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2767 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2768 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2769 language than English.
2770 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2773 \begin_layout Standard
2774 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2775 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2777 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2778 LyX takes care of that.
2779 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2781 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2782 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2783 of a page, and so on.
2787 \begin_layout Standard
2788 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2793 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2794 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2798 of these pre-coded spacings.
2799 We'll explain more later.
2802 \begin_layout Subsection
2803 Paragraph Separation
2804 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2805 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2812 \begin_layout Standard
2813 To separate paragraphs, select
2828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2830 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2831 name "Document ! Settings"
2837 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2838 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2839 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2842 \begin_layout Standard
2852 \begin_layout Standard
2853 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2855 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2856 reference "cap:Units"
2861 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2865 \begin_layout Subsection
2869 \begin_layout Standard
2870 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2873 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2874 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2877 dialog and toggle the
2882 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2883 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2884 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2888 \begin_layout Standard
2889 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2890 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2893 \begin_layout Subsection
2895 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2896 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2903 \begin_layout Standard
2906 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2908 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2909 name "Document ! Settings"
2915 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2924 \begin_layout Standard
2925 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2928 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2929 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2935 installed to use this feature.
2943 \begin_layout Section
2944 Paragraph Environments
2945 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2946 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2951 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2952 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2957 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2958 name "Paragraph environments|("
2965 \begin_layout Subsection
2969 \begin_layout Standard
2970 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2973 \begin_layout Standard
2993 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2994 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2995 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3004 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3007 \begin_layout Standard
3008 A paragraph environment is simply a
3009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3016 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3017 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3018 scheme, labels, and so on.
3019 Additionally, you can
3020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3027 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3028 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3029 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3030 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3031 days of typewriters.
3032 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3034 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3037 \begin_layout Standard
3038 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3040 LyX will change the environment of the
3044 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3045 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3046 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3050 \begin_layout Standard
3059 create a new paragraph using the
3063 paragraph environment.
3065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3072 because if you are in one of these environments:
3075 \begin_layout Itemize
3081 \begin_layout Itemize
3087 \begin_layout Itemize
3093 \begin_layout Itemize
3099 \begin_layout Itemize
3105 \begin_layout Itemize
3111 \begin_layout Itemize
3117 \begin_layout Standard
3118 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3122 , rather than resetting it to
3127 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3128 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3129 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3131 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3132 reference "sec:Nesting"
3137 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3142 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3143 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3151 \begin_layout Subsection
3155 \begin_layout Standard
3156 The default paragraph environment is
3161 It creates a plain paragraph.
3162 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3163 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3164 this manual) are in the
3171 \begin_layout Standard
3172 You can nest a paragraph using the
3176 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3184 \begin_layout Subsection
3186 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3187 name "Document !Title"
3194 \begin_layout Standard
3195 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3204 for thanks or contact information.
3205 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3206 page along with today's date.
3207 For other types of documents, the title
3208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3215 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3219 \begin_layout Standard
3220 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3234 Here's how you use them:
3237 \begin_layout Itemize
3238 Put the title of your document in the
3245 \begin_layout Itemize
3246 Put the author name in the
3253 \begin_layout Itemize
3254 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3255 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3261 Note that using this environment is optional.
3262 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3263 If you don't want any date, add the line
3273 to the preamble of your document (menu
3275 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3281 \begin_layout Standard
3282 You can use footnotes to insert
3283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3290 or contact informations.
3293 \begin_layout Subsection
3295 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3296 name "Section headings"
3301 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3309 \begin_layout Standard
3310 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3311 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3316 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3317 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3324 \begin_layout Standard
3325 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3329 \begin_layout Enumerate
3335 \begin_layout Enumerate
3341 \begin_layout Enumerate
3347 \begin_layout Enumerate
3353 \begin_layout Enumerate
3359 \begin_layout Enumerate
3365 \begin_layout Enumerate
3371 \begin_layout Standard
3372 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3373 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3374 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3377 \begin_layout Standard
3378 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3379 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3380 You group the book into chapters.
3381 LyX does similar grouping:
3384 \begin_layout Itemize
3389 is divided in either
3398 \begin_layout Itemize
3410 \begin_layout Itemize
3422 \begin_layout Itemize
3434 \begin_layout Itemize
3446 \begin_layout Itemize
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3459 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3462 \begin_layout Standard
3467 Not all document types use the
3471 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3476 is the top-level heading.
3484 \begin_layout Standard
3489 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3490 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3492 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3506 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3507 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3514 \begin_layout Standard
3515 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3519 \begin_layout Enumerate
3525 \begin_layout Enumerate
3531 \begin_layout Enumerate
3537 \begin_layout Enumerate
3543 \begin_layout Enumerate
3549 \begin_layout Standard
3551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3558 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3559 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3560 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3562 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3570 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3571 Changing the Numbering
3572 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3573 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3580 \begin_layout Standard
3581 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3582 in the Table of Contents.
3583 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3585 Certain classes start with
3599 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3609 This is something you can change.
3612 \begin_layout Standard
3615 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3622 name "Document ! Settings"
3630 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3634 you'll see two counters.
3639 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3641 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3645 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3646 Short Titles of Headings
3647 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3648 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3656 \begin_layout Standard
3663 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3664 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3671 \begin_layout Standard
3672 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3673 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3674 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3675 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3678 \begin_layout Standard
3679 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3680 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3681 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3682 To specify a short title, use the menu
3684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3689 This will insert a box labeled
3690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3705 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3706 This also works for captions inside floats.
3709 \begin_layout Standard
3710 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3713 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3717 \begin_layout Standard
3718 The following information applies to all section headings:
3721 \begin_layout Itemize
3722 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3725 \begin_layout Itemize
3726 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3729 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3733 \begin_layout Itemize
3734 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3737 \begin_layout Subsection
3738 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3741 \begin_layout Standard
3742 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3756 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3757 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3758 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3759 the text they contain.
3760 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3768 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3771 \begin_layout Standard
3772 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3781 when you start a new paragraph.
3782 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3786 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3787 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3788 to change back to the
3792 environment yourself.
3795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3805 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3811 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3819 \begin_layout Standard
3820 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3821 time for the differences.
3830 are identical except for one difference:
3834 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3843 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3846 \begin_layout Standard
3847 Here's an example of the
3860 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3862 See -- no indentation!
3866 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3867 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3868 the other paragraph.
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3872 Here's another example, this time in the
3879 \begin_layout Quotation
3885 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3886 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3887 the first line, then
3891 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3895 you were quoting other text.
3898 \begin_layout Quotation
3899 Here's a new paragraph.
3900 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3901 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3904 \begin_layout Standard
3905 As the examples show,
3909 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3910 They should put quotes in the
3915 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3919 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3928 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3929 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3942 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3950 \begin_layout Standard
3955 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3962 Which I did not rehearse!
3966 It could be much worse.
3967 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3969 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3970 indented a bit more than the first.
3971 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3978 And make things look fine
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3992 does not indent both margins.
3993 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3994 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4005 \begin_layout Subsection
4007 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4013 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4021 \begin_layout Standard
4022 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4032 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4041 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4042 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4043 some general features of all four of them.
4046 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4051 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4053 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4062 reset the environment to
4066 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4067 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4068 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4073 to break paragraphs.
4076 \begin_layout Standard
4077 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4078 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4080 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4081 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4083 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4084 reference "sec:Nesting"
4092 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4098 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4099 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4104 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4112 \begin_layout Standard
4113 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4117 paragraph environment.
4118 It has the following properties:
4121 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4126 \begin_layout Itemize
4127 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4130 \begin_layout Itemize
4131 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4135 \begin_layout Itemize
4136 The items can have any length.
4137 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4138 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4145 \begin_layout Itemize
4150 environment inside another
4154 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4158 \begin_layout Itemize
4159 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4162 \begin_layout Itemize
4163 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4166 \begin_layout Itemize
4167 See section\InsetSpace ~
4169 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4170 reference "sec:Nesting"
4174 for a full explanation of nesting.
4178 \begin_layout Standard
4179 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4188 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4191 \begin_layout Standard
4192 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4193 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4194 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4197 \begin_layout Itemize
4198 The label for the first level
4202 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4206 \begin_layout Itemize
4207 The label for the second level is a dash.
4211 \begin_layout Itemize
4212 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4216 \begin_layout Itemize
4217 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4221 \begin_layout Itemize
4222 Back out to the third level.
4226 \begin_layout Itemize
4227 Back to the second level.
4231 \begin_layout Itemize
4232 Back to the outermost level.
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 These are the default labels for an
4241 You can customize these labels in the
4243 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4246 dialog in the submenu
4253 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4254 name "Document ! Settings"
4261 \begin_layout Standard
4262 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4263 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4264 in section\InsetSpace ~
4266 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4267 reference "sec:Nesting"
4274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4280 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4281 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4286 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4287 name "sec:Enumerate"
4294 \begin_layout Standard
4299 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4300 It has these properties:
4303 \begin_layout Enumerate
4304 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4308 \begin_layout Enumerate
4309 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4313 \begin_layout Enumerate
4314 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 environment resets the counter to one.
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4338 \begin_layout Enumerate
4339 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4340 Items can have any length.
4343 \begin_layout Enumerate
4344 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4347 \begin_layout Enumerate
4348 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4351 \begin_layout Enumerate
4352 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4365 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4366 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4373 \begin_layout Enumerate
4374 The first level of an
4378 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4382 \begin_layout Enumerate
4383 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4387 \begin_layout Enumerate
4388 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4392 \begin_layout Enumerate
4393 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4396 \begin_layout Enumerate
4397 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4402 \begin_layout Enumerate
4403 Back to the third level
4407 \begin_layout Enumerate
4408 Back to the second level.
4412 \begin_layout Enumerate
4413 Back to the outermost level.
4416 \begin_layout Standard
4417 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4422 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4427 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4431 \begin_layout Standard
4432 There is more to nesting
4436 environments than we've stated here.
4437 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4439 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4440 reference "sec:Nesting"
4444 to learn more about nesting.
4447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4453 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4454 name "Lists ! Description"
4459 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4460 name "sec:Description-List"
4467 \begin_layout Standard
4468 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4472 list has no fixed label.
4473 Instead, LyX uses the first
4474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4481 of the first line as the label.
4485 \begin_layout Description
4486 Example: This is an example of the
4493 \begin_layout Standard
4494 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4498 \begin_layout Standard
4500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4507 it is meant that the first hit of the
4511 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4513 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4525 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4526 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4529 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4531 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4532 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4536 for more info.) Here is an example:
4539 \begin_layout Description
4541 Example: This one shows how to use a
4543 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4553 \begin_layout Description
4554 Usage: You should use the
4558 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4559 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4561 It's not a good idea to use a
4565 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4566 You're better off using
4578 paragraphs into them.
4581 \begin_layout Description
4582 Nesting: You can nest
4586 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4590 \begin_layout Standard
4591 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4592 them from the first line.
4595 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4601 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4602 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4607 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4615 \begin_layout Standard
4620 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4624 \begin_layout Standard
4633 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4634 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4637 \begin_layout Labeling
4638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4640 labels LyX uses the first
4641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4648 of each line as the item label.
4653 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4654 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4655 blank as described above.
4658 \begin_layout Labeling
4659 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4660 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4661 the body of the item text.
4662 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4663 label width plus a little extra space.
4667 \begin_layout Labeling
4668 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4670 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4672 If the label width is larger, the label
4673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4680 into the first line.
4681 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4682 margin of the rest of the item text.
4685 \begin_layout Labeling
4686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4687 default\InsetSpace ~
4688 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4693 environment have the same left margin.
4695 To change the default width, select
4696 all items in the list.
4699 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4700 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4706 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4709 determines the default label width.
4710 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4719 multiple times instead.
4720 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4729 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4731 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4734 every time you alter a label in a
4740 The predefined default width is the length of
4741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4752 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4755 \begin_layout Standard
4760 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4761 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4769 \begin_layout Standard
4774 environment the same way like the
4778 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4784 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4788 \begin_layout Standard
4793 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4795 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4796 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4798 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4799 reference "sec:Nesting"
4803 to learn about nesting.
4806 \begin_layout Standard
4807 There is yet another feature of the
4811 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4813 You can use additional
4817 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4822 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4824 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4825 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4830 Here are some examples:
4833 \begin_layout Labeling
4834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4835 Left The default for
4842 \begin_layout Labeling
4843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4850 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4853 \begin_layout Labeling
4854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4863 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4866 \begin_layout Subsection
4868 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4876 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4889 \begin_layout Standard
4890 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4901 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4902 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4903 In contrast, you can use the
4912 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4913 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4917 \begin_layout Standard
4918 Of course, you're not limited to using
4933 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4934 some European academic papers.
4937 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4939 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4940 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4947 \begin_layout Standard
4952 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4953 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4959 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4960 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4961 Here's an example of each:
4964 \begin_layout Right Address
4971 When is it? What is today?
4974 \begin_layout Standard
4981 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4982 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4983 Here's an example of the
4990 \begin_layout Address
4993 Where do I send this
4995 Your post office and country
4998 \begin_layout Standard
4999 As you can see, both
5008 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5013 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5019 This makes sense, since
5027 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5028 Thus, you have to use
5038 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5039 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5047 menu) to start a new line in an
5059 \begin_layout Subsection
5063 \begin_layout Standard
5064 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5065 or list of references.
5066 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5073 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5081 \begin_layout Standard
5086 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5087 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5088 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5089 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5093 in anything else or vice versa.
5099 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5100 The book document classes ignores the
5104 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5108 in a letter document class.
5111 \begin_layout Standard
5116 environment does several things for you.
5117 First, it puts the centered label
5118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5126 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5128 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5129 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5130 the subsequent text.
5131 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5132 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5135 \begin_layout Standard
5136 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5140 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5141 The new paragraph will still be in the
5146 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5147 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5150 \begin_layout Standard
5151 \begin_inset Float figure
5156 \begin_layout Standard
5158 \begin_inset Graphics
5159 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5168 \begin_inset Caption
5170 \begin_layout Standard
5171 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5172 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5193 \begin_layout Standard
5194 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5198 environment, but since this document is in the
5199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5206 class, we can't do this.
5207 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5209 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5210 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5215 If you've never heard of an
5216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5223 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5226 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5232 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5238 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5239 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5246 \begin_layout Standard
5251 environment is used to list references.
5252 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5253 only use it at the end of the document.
5258 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5261 \begin_layout Standard
5262 When you first open a
5266 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5282 depending on the document class.
5283 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5284 Each paragraph of the
5288 environment is a bibliography entry.
5293 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5294 Each new paragraph is still in the
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5303 in section\InsetSpace ~
5305 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5306 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5313 \begin_layout Subsection
5317 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5318 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5323 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5331 \begin_layout Standard
5336 environment is another LyX extension.
5337 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5342 key as a fixed whitespace;
5346 \begin_layout Standard
5357 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5360 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5365 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5366 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5384 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5385 So, when you finish using the
5389 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5390 Also, you can nest the
5394 environment inside of others.
5397 \begin_layout Standard
5398 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5406 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5418 \begin_layout Itemize
5431 \begin_layout Itemize
5436 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5443 \begin_layout Itemize
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5454 You must put at least one
5458 in any line you want blank.
5459 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5462 \begin_layout Itemize
5463 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5467 since that will insert
5472 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5480 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5487 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5491 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5495 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5499 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5503 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5504 printf("Hello World!
5509 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5513 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5517 \begin_layout Standard
5518 This is just the standard
5519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5530 \begin_layout Standard
5535 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5536 rc-files, and so on.
5537 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5538 as if you used a typewriter.
5539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5540 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5547 \begin_layout Section
5548 Nesting Environments
5549 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5550 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5555 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5563 \begin_layout Subsection
5567 \begin_layout Standard
5568 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5570 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5572 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5574 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5586 \begin_layout Enumerate
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5599 \begin_layout Enumerate
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5608 \begin_layout Standard
5609 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5610 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5612 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5618 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5626 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5627 will tell you how far you are nested).
5628 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5629 \begin_inset Graphics
5630 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5635 \begin_inset Graphics
5636 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5640 or the convenient key bindings
5648 to change the nesting level.
5649 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5650 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5654 \begin_layout Standard
5655 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5656 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5657 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5658 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5661 \begin_layout Standard
5662 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5663 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5665 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5668 \begin_layout Subsection
5669 What You Can and Can't Nest
5672 \begin_layout Standard
5673 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5674 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5677 \begin_layout Standard
5678 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5679 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5680 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5683 \begin_layout Itemize
5684 Completely unnestable
5687 \begin_layout Itemize
5688 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5689 other things inside of them.
5692 \begin_layout Itemize
5693 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5697 \begin_layout Standard
5698 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5699 environments have them:
5702 \begin_layout Description
5703 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5704 Can't nest into them.
5708 \begin_layout Itemize
5714 \begin_layout Itemize
5720 \begin_layout Itemize
5728 \begin_layout Itemize
5734 \begin_layout Itemize
5740 \begin_layout Itemize
5748 \begin_layout Itemize
5754 \begin_layout Itemize
5760 \begin_layout Itemize
5766 \begin_layout Itemize
5772 \begin_layout Itemize
5778 \begin_layout Itemize
5784 \begin_layout Itemize
5790 \begin_layout Itemize
5796 \begin_layout Itemize
5802 \begin_layout Itemize
5808 \begin_layout Itemize
5815 \begin_layout Description
5817 Nestable You can nest them.
5818 You can nest other things into them.
5822 \begin_layout Itemize
5828 \begin_layout Itemize
5834 \begin_layout Itemize
5840 \begin_layout Itemize
5846 \begin_layout Itemize
5852 \begin_layout Itemize
5858 \begin_layout Itemize
5864 \begin_layout Itemize
5871 \begin_layout Description
5872 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5873 You can't nest anything into them.
5877 \begin_layout Itemize
5883 \begin_layout Itemize
5890 \begin_layout Itemize
5897 \begin_layout Standard
5902 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5916 \begin_layout Subsection
5917 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5918 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5919 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5924 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5925 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5932 \begin_layout Standard
5933 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5934 affected by nesting anyhow.
5938 \begin_layout Itemize
5942 \begin_layout Itemize
5946 \begin_layout Itemize
5950 \begin_layout Standard
5952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5955 \begin_layout Standard
5960 If you put a figure or a table in a
5964 , this is no longer true.
5969 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5971 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5972 reference "sec:Floats"
5976 for more informations about
5983 \begin_layout Standard
5984 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5985 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5989 \begin_layout Standard
5990 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5998 of its own, it behaves just like a
5999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6006 paragraph environment.
6007 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6011 \begin_layout Standard
6012 Here's an example with a table:
6015 \begin_layout Enumerate
6020 \begin_layout Enumerate
6021 This is (a) and it's nested.
6025 \begin_layout Standard
6026 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6032 \begin_layout Standard
6034 \begin_inset Tabular
6035 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6039 <row topline="true">
6040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6043 \begin_layout Standard
6058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6061 \begin_layout Standard
6077 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6081 \begin_layout Standard
6096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6099 \begin_layout Standard
6122 \begin_layout Standard
6123 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6130 \begin_layout Enumerate
6132 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6136 \begin_layout Enumerate
6140 \begin_layout Standard
6141 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6144 \begin_layout Enumerate
6149 \begin_layout Enumerate
6150 This is (a) and it's nested.
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6161 \begin_layout Standard
6163 \begin_inset Tabular
6164 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6168 <row topline="true">
6169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6172 \begin_layout Standard
6187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6190 \begin_layout Standard
6206 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6210 \begin_layout Standard
6225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6228 \begin_layout Standard
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6258 \begin_layout Enumerate
6265 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6268 \begin_layout Enumerate
6272 \begin_layout Standard
6273 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6277 \begin_layout Standard
6278 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6280 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6283 \begin_layout Enumerate
6288 \begin_layout Enumerate
6289 This is (a) and it's nested.
6292 \begin_layout Standard
6293 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6299 \begin_layout Standard
6301 \begin_inset Tabular
6302 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6304 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6306 <row topline="true">
6307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6310 \begin_layout Standard
6325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6328 \begin_layout Standard
6344 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6348 \begin_layout Standard
6363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6366 \begin_layout Standard
6389 \begin_layout Standard
6390 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6396 \begin_layout Enumerate
6398 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6406 \begin_layout Enumerate
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6411 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6417 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6418 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6422 \begin_layout Subsection
6423 Usage and General Features
6424 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6425 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6432 \begin_layout Standard
6433 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6442 is the innermost possible depth.
6443 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6446 \begin_layout Enumerate
6447 level #1 - outermost
6451 \begin_layout Enumerate
6456 \begin_layout Enumerate
6461 \begin_layout Enumerate
6466 \begin_layout Itemize
6471 \begin_layout Itemize
6480 \begin_layout Standard
6481 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6482 both of them in the example.
6483 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6493 For example, if we tried to nest another
6498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6508 \begin_layout Subsection
6510 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6511 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6518 \begin_layout Standard
6519 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6520 We have several examples of nested environments.
6521 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6525 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6526 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6529 \begin_layout Labeling
6530 \labelwidthstring MMM
6531 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6540 \begin_layout Labeling
6541 \labelwidthstring MMM
6542 #2-a This is level #2.
6543 We created it by using
6555 \begin_layout Labeling
6556 \labelwidthstring MMM
6557 #3-a This is level #3.
6558 This time, we just hit
6567 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6580 \begin_layout Standard
6585 environment, nested inside of
6586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6594 So, it's at level #4.
6595 We did this by hitting
6603 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6608 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6624 \begin_layout Standard
6629 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6636 \begin_layout Labeling
6637 \labelwidthstring MMM
6638 #4-a This is level #4.
6643 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6648 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6652 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6657 keep nesting things inside of
6658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6669 \begin_layout Labeling
6670 \labelwidthstring MMM
6671 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6676 \begin_layout Labeling
6677 \labelwidthstring MMM
6678 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6679 and this is level #6.
6680 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6684 \begin_layout Labeling
6685 \labelwidthstring MMM
6686 #5-b Back to level #5.
6699 \begin_layout Labeling
6700 \labelwidthstring MMM
6709 , we're back at level #4.
6713 \begin_layout Labeling
6714 \labelwidthstring MMM
6715 #3-b Back to level #3.
6716 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6720 \begin_layout Labeling
6721 \labelwidthstring MMM
6722 #2-b Back to level #2.
6727 \begin_layout Labeling
6728 \labelwidthstring MMM
6729 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6730 After this sentence, we'll hit
6734 and change the paragraph environment back to
6741 \begin_layout Standard
6742 We could have also used the
6758 environment in place of the
6763 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6766 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6767 Example 2: Inheritance
6770 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6771 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6774 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6784 , after which, we'll change to the
6792 \begin_layout Enumerate
6797 environment, at level #2.
6800 \begin_layout Enumerate
6801 Notice how the nested
6805 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6809 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6813 \begin_layout Standard
6814 We ended this example by hitting
6819 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6823 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6830 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6831 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6843 \begin_layout Standard
6844 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6852 \begin_layout Enumerate
6853 This is level #1, in an
6857 paragraph environment.
6858 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6862 \begin_layout Enumerate
6873 Now, what happens if we nest an
6877 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6878 label be? An asterisk?
6882 \begin_layout Itemize
6892 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6893 So, its label is a bullet.
6894 (We got here by using
6902 , then changing the environment to
6910 \begin_layout Itemize
6911 Here's level #4, produced using
6920 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6925 \begin_layout Enumerate
6926 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6928 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6933 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6937 , because we are in the
6961 \begin_layout Enumerate
6966 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6967 type of numbering does LyX use?
6970 \begin_layout Enumerate
6971 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6975 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6978 \begin_layout Enumerate
6983 to decrease the depth after the next
6991 \begin_layout Enumerate
6993 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6997 \begin_layout Enumerate
6999 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7000 numeral as the label.Why?
7003 \begin_layout Enumerate
7004 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7013 Notice, however, that LyX
7017 reset the counter for the label.
7021 \begin_layout Enumerate
7030 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7031 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7032 into the twofold-nested
7040 \begin_layout Enumerate
7041 The same thing happens if we do another
7049 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7058 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7072 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7078 The same rule applies for the
7082 environment, as well.
7085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7086 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7089 \begin_layout Enumerate
7090 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7091 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7092 same detail with how we did it.
7101 \begin_layout Standard
7104 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7106 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7107 example in parentheses someplace.
7108 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7109 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7110 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7114 \begin_layout Enumerate
7119 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7124 Now we'll add verse.
7126 It will get much worse.
7130 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7136 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7138 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7150 \begin_layout Standard
7151 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7157 \begin_layout Standard
7159 \begin_inset Tabular
7160 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7163 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7168 \begin_layout Standard
7183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7186 \begin_layout Standard
7202 <row topline="true">
7203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7206 \begin_layout Standard
7221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7224 \begin_layout Standard
7251 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7255 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7261 \begin_layout Enumerate
7266 : level #1) This is another item.
7267 Note that selecting a
7271 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7272 3 times to put the table inside the
7280 \begin_layout Quotation
7281 We're now ending the
7285 list and changing to
7290 We're still at level #1.
7291 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7292 The next set of paragraphs is a
7293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7309 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7313 for the letter body.
7318 to preserve the depth.
7319 Remember that you need to use
7323 to create multiple lines inside the
7337 \begin_layout Right Address
7340 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7345 \begin_layout Address
7346 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7350 \begin_layout Quotation
7351 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7352 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7355 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7356 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7357 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7358 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7359 as soon as possible.
7360 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7363 \begin_layout Quotation
7364 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7365 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7366 with your order, along with payment.
7369 \begin_layout Quotation
7370 We thank you again for your patience.
7373 \begin_layout Address
7380 \begin_layout Quotation
7381 That ends that example!
7384 \begin_layout Standard
7385 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7386 just a few keystrokes.
7387 We could have easily nested an
7408 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7411 \begin_layout Section
7412 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7415 \begin_layout Subsection
7417 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7418 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7425 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7431 \begin_layout Standard
7432 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7433 in a uniform fashion.
7434 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7435 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7436 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7437 equally between themselves.
7441 \begin_layout Standard
7446 can be inserted with
7448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7449 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7450 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7454 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7459 This is on the left side
7461 This is on the right
7484 \begin_layout Standard
7485 That was an example in the
7491 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7497 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7500 is one in a standard paragraph.
7501 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7505 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7508 \begin_layout Standard
7509 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7510 Here's an example with the
7517 \begin_layout Labeling
7518 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7539 marks the beginning of the item.
7540 (There is actually a
7541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7548 HFill inside of the label of the
7552 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7561 situations, like two-column mode.
7564 \begin_layout Standard
7565 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7568 \begin_layout Standard
7573 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7577 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7578 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7579 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7589 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7591 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7604 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7605 Other space variants
7606 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7607 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7614 \begin_layout Standard
7615 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7616 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7618 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7624 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7626 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7629 \begin_layout Paragraph
7633 \begin_layout Standard
7634 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7635 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7646 For example the command
7653 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7656 cm space within the following line:
7659 \begin_layout Standard
7661 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7668 \begin_layout Standard
7678 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7682 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7685 cm space between the arrows.
7688 \begin_layout Standard
7689 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7691 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7692 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7699 \begin_layout Paragraph
7703 \begin_layout Standard
7704 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7706 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7709 \begin_layout Standard
7710 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7713 What is correct English?:
7718 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7724 \begin_layout Standard
7740 \begin_layout Standard
7751 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7757 \begin_layout Standard
7758 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7769 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7776 In our case write the command
7783 (note the space after
7784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7791 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7792 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7793 That is why it is named
7794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7805 \begin_layout Standard
7806 There exists also the commands
7818 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7819 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7820 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7821 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7833 \begin_layout Subsection
7835 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7836 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7843 \begin_layout Standard
7844 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7846 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7847 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7848 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7852 There you find the following sizes:
7855 \begin_layout Standard
7868 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7873 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7877 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7878 name "Document ! Settings"
7884 for the paragraph separation.
7885 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7896 \begin_layout Standard
7901 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7902 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7904 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7905 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7914 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7918 \begin_layout Standard
7923 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7925 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7926 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7935 If there are several
7939 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7940 You can therefore use
7944 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7947 \begin_layout Standard
7952 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7954 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7955 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7962 \begin_layout Standard
7963 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7966 \begin_layout Standard
7973 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7974 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7986 \begin_layout Subsection
7990 \begin_layout Standard
7991 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7993 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7997 There are four possibilities:
8000 \begin_layout Itemize
8006 \begin_layout Itemize
8012 \begin_layout Itemize
8018 \begin_layout Itemize
8024 \begin_layout Standard
8025 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8026 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8027 the left and right margins.
8028 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8031 \begin_layout Standard
8033 This paragraph is right aligned,
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8038 this one is centered,
8041 \begin_layout Standard
8043 this one is left aligned.
8046 \begin_layout Subsection
8048 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8049 name "Pagebreaks ! Forced"
8054 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8055 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8062 \begin_layout Standard
8063 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8064 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8065 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8066 Only if you use many
8070 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8073 \begin_layout Standard
8074 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8075 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8079 have to change the pagebreaking.
8082 \begin_layout Standard
8083 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8085 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8088 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8093 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8094 that it fills out the complete page.
8095 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8096 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8097 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8108 \begin_layout Standard
8109 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8111 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8122 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8123 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8127 \begin_layout Standard
8128 normally one uses simply
8140 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8141 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8144 \begin_layout Standard
8145 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8146 at the top of a page.
8147 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8148 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8149 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8150 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8152 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8153 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8164 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8166 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8167 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8172 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8173 name "Pagebreaks ! Clear"
8180 \begin_layout Standard
8181 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8182 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8183 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8184 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8185 if necessary by adding pages.
8188 \begin_layout Standard
8189 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8191 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8192 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8197 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8200 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8205 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8206 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8209 \begin_layout Subsection
8211 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8217 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8218 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8225 \begin_layout Standard
8226 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8228 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8231 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8240 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8241 whole space between the page margins.
8242 This is necessary to avoid
8243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8251 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8263 The syntax is similar tho the command
8269 , described in the previous section.
8272 \begin_layout Standard
8273 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8274 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8275 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8276 set a linebreak, e.g.
8277 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8279 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8280 reference "sec:Quote"
8285 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8286 reference "sec:Verse"
8291 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8292 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8299 \begin_layout Subsection
8301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8309 \begin_layout Standard
8310 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8311 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8312 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8313 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8315 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8321 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8322 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8327 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8328 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8335 \begin_layout Standard
8336 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8337 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8338 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8339 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8340 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8342 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8343 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8348 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8349 In this case, insert one with
8351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8352 Special\InsetSpace ~
8353 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8354 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8364 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8366 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8367 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8372 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8373 name "Spaces ! protected"
8380 \begin_layout Standard
8381 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8383 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8387 Further documentation is given in section
8390 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8391 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8399 \begin_layout Standard
8400 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8413 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8414 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8423 A protected space is set with
8425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8426 Special\InsetSpace ~
8427 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8442 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8444 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8445 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8450 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8451 name "Spaces ! thin"
8458 \begin_layout Standard
8460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8467 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8476 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8477 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8478 inside abbreviations:
8482 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8484 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8485 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8489 \begin_layout Standard
8490 or between values and units.
8491 Compare for example this:
8493 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8499 \begin_layout Standard
8500 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8503 Special\InsetSpace ~
8504 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8515 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8519 \begin_layout Standard
8520 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8521 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8522 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8524 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8525 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8534 Te latter means to type
8538 space-insert <command>
8545 into the command buffer, where
8549 is one of the following:
8553 \begin_layout Standard
8555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8562 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8564 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8565 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8577 \begin_layout Standard
8579 \begin_inset Tabular
8580 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8584 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8585 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8589 \begin_layout Standard
8597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8600 \begin_layout Standard
8608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8611 \begin_layout Standard
8620 <row topline="true">
8621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8624 \begin_layout Standard
8632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8635 \begin_layout Standard
8642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8645 \begin_layout Standard
8652 <row topline="true">
8653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8656 \begin_layout Standard
8664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8667 \begin_layout Standard
8674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8677 \begin_layout Standard
8684 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8688 \begin_layout Standard
8696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8699 \begin_layout Standard
8706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8709 \begin_layout Standard
8716 <row bottomline="true">
8717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8720 \begin_layout Standard
8728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8731 \begin_layout Standard
8738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8741 \begin_layout Standard
8748 <row bottomline="true">
8749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8752 \begin_layout Standard
8760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8763 \begin_layout Standard
8770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8773 \begin_layout Standard
8780 <row bottomline="true">
8781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8784 \begin_layout Standard
8792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8795 \begin_layout Standard
8802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8805 \begin_layout Standard
8812 <row bottomline="true">
8813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8816 \begin_layout Standard
8824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8837 \begin_layout Standard
8844 <row bottomline="true">
8845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8848 \begin_layout Standard
8856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8859 \begin_layout Standard
8866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8869 \begin_layout Standard
8883 \begin_layout Subsection
8885 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8886 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8891 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8892 name "Horizontal lines"
8899 \begin_layout Standard
8904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8905 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8906 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8909 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8915 \begin_layout Section
8916 Fonts and Text Styles
8917 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8918 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8925 \begin_layout Subsection
8927 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8935 \begin_layout Standard
8936 There are two types of fonts:
8939 \begin_layout Description
8942 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8943 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8947 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8948 characters) in the font.
8949 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8950 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8951 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8952 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8953 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8954 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8955 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8956 provide a good image.
8958 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8959 size and scale them.
8960 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8961 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8962 sizes than at small ones.
8980 \begin_layout Description
8983 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8984 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8988 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8989 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8990 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8991 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8992 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8993 picture manipulation program.
8994 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8995 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8996 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8997 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8998 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9000 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9001 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9003 Bitmap fonts are named
9009 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9012 \begin_layout Standard
9013 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9014 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9015 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9016 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9020 \begin_layout Standard
9021 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9022 its document properties.
9025 \begin_layout Standard
9026 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9027 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9028 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9029 font to emphasize text, you use an
9030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9038 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9039 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9043 \begin_layout Subsection
9044 Document Font and Font size
9045 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9046 name "sub:Document-Font"
9051 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9057 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9058 name "Document ! Font"
9065 \begin_layout Standard
9066 You can set the document fonts in the
9068 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9072 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9073 name "Document ! Settings"
9078 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9079 font shapes roman (serif),
9091 \begin_layout Standard
9092 The possible options for the font include
9096 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9101 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9123 European Computer Modern
9126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9136 \begin_layout Standard
9145 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9146 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9150 \begin_layout Standard
9151 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9156 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9162 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9163 There are three ways to use one:
9166 \begin_layout Itemize
9167 One way is to use the
9177 Virtual means that it
9178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9189 -glyphs from other fonts.
9190 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9212 Loading the LaTeX-package
9215 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9216 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9222 with the document preamble line
9225 \begin_layout Standard
9230 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9233 \begin_layout Standard
9234 will fix the guillemet problem.
9239 and that accented characters are not
9243 glyph, they are build of
9247 characters, the accent and the letter.
9248 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9252 fonts for words with accented characters.
9253 If you search for example for the French word
9254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9261 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9270 and not for the glyph
9271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9282 \begin_layout Itemize
9283 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9287 \begin_layout Standard
9296 , consists of these three main font types
9323 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9324 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9331 The differences between roman,
9340 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9342 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9343 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9354 was originally designed for newspapers.
9355 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9356 into the small newspaper columns.
9362 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9365 \begin_layout Itemize
9366 The best solution is to use the
9371 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9378 \begin_layout Standard
9379 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9382 For the font size there are four possible values:
9399 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9402 \begin_layout Standard
9403 The font sizes are the
9408 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9409 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9410 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9416 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9418 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9419 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9426 \begin_layout Standard
9427 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9431 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9434 \begin_layout Standard
9439 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9443 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9444 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9445 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9447 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9450 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9452 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9453 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9465 \begin_layout Subsection
9466 Using Different Character Styles
9467 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9468 name "Character Styles"
9473 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9481 \begin_layout Standard
9482 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9483 certain paragraph environments.
9484 LyX supports two character styles,
9493 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9497 \begin_layout Standard
9502 style, do one of the following:
9505 \begin_layout Itemize
9506 click on the toolbar button
9507 \begin_inset Graphics
9508 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9515 \begin_layout Itemize
9522 \begin_layout Standard
9523 These commands are all toggles.
9528 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9531 \begin_layout Standard
9532 One typically uses the
9536 style for proper names.
9538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9545 is the original author of LyX.
9546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9552 \begin_layout Standard
9553 A more widely used character style is the
9558 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9565 \begin_layout Itemize
9566 clicking on the toolbar button
9567 \begin_inset Graphics
9568 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9575 \begin_layout Itemize
9576 using the keybindings
9582 \begin_layout Standard
9587 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9588 es use a different font.
9591 \begin_layout Standard
9592 We've been using the
9596 style all over the place in this document.
9597 Here's one more example:
9600 \begin_layout Quotation
9603 Don't overuse character styles!
9606 \begin_layout Standard
9607 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9608 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9609 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9610 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9614 \begin_layout Standard
9615 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9622 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9629 \begin_layout Subsection
9630 Fine-Tuning with the
9635 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9636 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9641 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9649 \begin_layout Standard
9650 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9651 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9652 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9653 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9654 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9655 from ordinary dialog.
9658 \begin_layout Standard
9659 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9660 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9662 Documents that overuse
9663 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9664 has knocked huge holes in it.
9667 \begin_layout Standard
9668 To use custom character styles, open the
9670 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9675 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9676 font property which you can choose.
9677 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9682 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9687 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9688 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9689 environments in a snap.
9692 \begin_layout Standard
9693 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9705 \begin_layout Labeling
9706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9720 The possible options are:
9724 \begin_layout Labeling
9725 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9730 This is the Roman font family.
9731 Normally a serif font.
9732 It's also the default family.
9737 \begin_layout Standard
9755 \begin_layout Standard
9763 \begin_inset Note Note
9766 \begin_layout Standard
9767 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9768 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9770 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9771 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9783 \begin_layout Labeling
9784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9792 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9799 \begin_layout Standard
9817 \begin_layout Standard
9827 \begin_layout Labeling
9828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9835 This is the Typewriter font family.
9842 \begin_layout Standard
9860 \begin_layout Standard
9873 \begin_layout Labeling
9874 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9879 This corresponds to the print weight.
9884 \begin_layout Labeling
9885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9890 This is the Medium font series.
9891 It's also the default series.
9894 \begin_layout Labeling
9895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9902 This is the Bold font series.
9909 \begin_layout Standard
9927 \begin_layout Standard
9938 \begin_layout Labeling
9939 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9944 As the name implies.
9949 \begin_layout Labeling
9950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9955 This is the Upright font shape.
9956 It's also the default shape.
9959 \begin_layout Labeling
9960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9974 s the Italic font shape
9980 \begin_layout Labeling
9981 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9988 This is the Slanted font shape
9990 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
9993 \begin_layout Labeling
9994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10002 This is the Small caps font shape
10009 \begin_layout Labeling
10010 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10015 Alters the size of the font.
10016 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10017 nal to the document font size.
10018 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10019 what you want to do.
10024 \begin_layout Labeling
10025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10047 \begin_layout Standard
10065 \begin_layout Standard
10076 \begin_layout Standard
10094 \begin_layout Standard
10104 \begin_layout Labeling
10105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10127 \begin_layout Standard
10145 \begin_layout Standard
10155 \begin_layout Labeling
10156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10178 \begin_layout Standard
10196 \begin_layout Standard
10207 \begin_layout Standard
10225 \begin_layout Standard
10235 \begin_layout Labeling
10236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10258 \begin_layout Standard
10276 \begin_layout Standard
10287 \begin_layout Standard
10305 \begin_layout Standard
10315 \begin_layout Labeling
10316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10330 It's also the default size.
10335 \begin_layout Standard
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10364 \begin_layout Standard
10382 \begin_layout Standard
10392 \begin_layout Labeling
10393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10415 \begin_layout Standard
10433 \begin_layout Standard
10444 \begin_layout Standard
10462 \begin_layout Standard
10472 \begin_layout Labeling
10473 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10495 \begin_layout Standard
10513 \begin_layout Standard
10524 \begin_layout Standard
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10552 \begin_layout Labeling
10553 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10575 \begin_layout Standard
10593 \begin_layout Standard
10603 \begin_layout Labeling
10604 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10644 \begin_layout Standard
10655 \begin_layout Standard
10673 \begin_layout Standard
10683 \begin_layout Labeling
10684 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10706 \begin_layout Standard
10724 \begin_layout Standard
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10753 \begin_layout Standard
10764 \begin_layout Standard
10769 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10770 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10771 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10772 - use that instead.
10773 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10776 \begin_layout Labeling
10777 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10782 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10787 \begin_layout Labeling
10788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10795 This is text with emphasize on
10798 This might seem like the same as
10802 , but it is actually a bit different.
10808 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10810 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10813 \begin_layout Labeling
10814 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10821 This is text with Underbar on.
10828 \begin_layout Standard
10846 \begin_layout Standard
10859 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10860 when you couldn't change fonts.
10861 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10862 It's only included in LyX because some people
10866 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10869 \begin_layout Labeling
10870 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10877 This is text with Noun on.
10884 , this is a logical attribute.
10885 Normally it's equivalent to
10894 \begin_layout Labeling
10895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10900 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10901 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10907 , which is the default
10908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10915 and means normally black, you can choose between
10948 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10949 name "Color ! Text"
10956 \begin_layout Labeling
10957 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10962 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10963 the language of the document.
10964 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10968 \begin_layout Standard
10969 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10970 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10972 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10976 dialog, the settings are saved.
10977 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10978 \begin_inset Graphics
10979 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
10984 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10985 when the dialog isn't visible.
10989 \begin_layout Standard
10990 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
10996 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
10997 (suppose you just set the shape to
10998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11015 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11025 \begin_layout Standard
11026 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11043 \begin_layout Itemize
11049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11056 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11079 \begin_layout Standard
11092 \begin_layout Standard
11104 \begin_inset Note Note
11107 \begin_layout Standard
11108 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11110 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11111 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11125 \begin_layout Itemize
11130 fonts use characters with serifs.
11131 These are the small
11132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11139 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11140 The following example will show the difference:
11146 text without serifs
11150 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11151 They are therefore used as default font (named
11158 \begin_layout Itemize
11164 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11165 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11168 \begin_layout Standard
11169 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11170 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11173 \begin_layout Section
11174 Printing and Previewing
11177 \begin_layout Subsection
11181 \begin_layout Standard
11182 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11183 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11184 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11185 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11186 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11188 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11194 \begin_layout Standard
11195 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11196 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11197 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11198 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11199 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11200 This happens in two stages:
11203 \begin_layout Enumerate
11204 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11205 generating a file with the extension,
11206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11220 \begin_layout Enumerate
11221 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11225 file to produce printable output.
11229 \begin_layout Subsection
11230 Output file formats
11231 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11232 name "File formats"
11237 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11238 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11245 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11247 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11248 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11255 \begin_layout Standard
11256 This file type has the extension
11257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11269 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11273 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11280 \begin_layout Standard
11281 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11283 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11284 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11290 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11292 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11293 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11300 \begin_layout Standard
11301 This file type has the extension
11302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11313 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11315 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11316 it manually with console commands.
11317 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11318 you view or export your document.
11321 \begin_layout Standard
11322 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11324 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11325 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11330 \begin_layout Standard
11342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11344 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11345 name "File formats ! DVI"
11352 \begin_layout Standard
11353 This file type has the extension
11354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11374 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11375 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11376 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11378 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11382 \begin_layout Standard
11383 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11386 \begin_layout Standard
11391 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11392 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11397 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11398 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11399 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11400 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11403 \begin_layout Standard
11404 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11406 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11407 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11415 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11416 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11423 \begin_layout Standard
11424 This file type has the extension
11425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11437 PostScript was developed by the company
11441 as printer language.
11442 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11444 PostScript can be seen as
11445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11448 programming language
11449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11452 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11456 \begin_layout Standard
11457 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11463 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11464 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11473 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11476 \begin_layout Standard
11477 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11481 Encapsulated PostScript
11482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11485 (EPS, file extension
11486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11498 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11499 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11500 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11501 whenever you view or export your document.
11502 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11503 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11504 EPS to avoid this problem.
11507 \begin_layout Standard
11508 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11510 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11511 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11519 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11520 name "File formats ! PDF"
11525 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11533 \begin_layout Standard
11534 This file type has the extension
11535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11551 Portable Document Format
11552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11555 (PDF) is developed by
11559 as derivative from PostScript.
11560 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11569 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11570 looks exactly the same.
11573 \begin_layout Standard
11574 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11578 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11582 (JPG, file extension
11583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11610 Portable Network Graphics
11611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11614 (PNG, file extension
11615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11627 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11628 in the background to one of these formats.
11629 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11630 will slow down your workflow.
11631 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11634 \begin_layout Standard
11635 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11637 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11640 in three different ways:
11643 \begin_layout Description
11644 PDF This uses the program
11648 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11649 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11653 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11654 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11657 \begin_layout Description
11659 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11663 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11667 \begin_layout Description
11669 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11673 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11676 \begin_layout Standard
11677 We recommend to use
11686 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11692 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11695 \begin_layout Subsection
11697 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11698 name "Document ! Preview "
11705 \begin_layout Standard
11706 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11707 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11711 and choose a file type.
11712 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11715 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11718 you can use the toolbar button
11719 \begin_inset Graphics
11720 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11730 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11734 you can use the toolbar button
11735 \begin_inset Graphics
11736 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11743 \begin_layout Standard
11744 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11745 viewer window using the menu
11747 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11753 \begin_layout Standard
11754 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11756 To have a real output, export your document.
11759 \begin_layout Subsection
11760 Printing the File from within LyX
11761 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11762 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11769 \begin_layout Standard
11770 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11771 it directly from within LyX.
11772 To print a file, select the menu
11774 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11777 or click on the toolbar button
11778 \begin_inset Graphics
11779 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11784 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11785 This file is then processed by the program
11789 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11794 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11797 \begin_layout Standard
11798 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11799 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11800 printing one set to print on the other side.
11801 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11802 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11803 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11806 \begin_layout Standard
11807 You can set the parameters in the
11815 \begin_layout Labeling
11816 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11821 This is the name of the printer to print to.
11825 \begin_layout Standard
11826 Note that this printer name is for the program
11835 has to be configured for this printer name.
11836 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
11838 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11839 reference "sub:Printer"
11848 The printer should understand PostScript.
11851 \begin_layout Labeling
11852 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11857 The name of a file to print to.
11858 The output will be a PostScript file.
11859 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11863 \begin_layout Section
11864 A few Words about Typography
11865 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11873 \begin_layout Subsection
11875 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11881 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11889 \begin_layout Standard
11891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11902 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11917 \begin_layout Enumerate
11923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11937 \begin_layout Enumerate
11943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11952 \begin_layout Standard
11964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11970 \begin_layout Enumerate
11976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11985 \begin_layout Standard
11998 \begin_layout Standard
12010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12016 \begin_layout Enumerate
12020 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12040 \begin_layout Standard
12041 You generate them by inserting the
12042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12053 character multiple times in a row.
12054 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12055 final output, but not in LyX.
12058 \begin_layout Standard
12059 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12060 math mode and has a length of its own.
12061 Here are some examples of the
12062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12076 \begin_layout Enumerate
12077 line- and page-breaks
12086 \begin_layout Enumerate
12096 \begin_layout Enumerate
12097 Oh --- there's a dash.
12106 \begin_layout Enumerate
12107 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12119 \begin_layout Subsection
12121 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12127 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12128 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12135 \begin_layout Standard
12136 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12137 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12140 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12141 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12147 following the rules of the document language
12151 \begin_layout Standard
12152 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12159 German\InsetSpace ~
12165 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12176 \begin_layout Standard
12177 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12182 and with unusual constructs, like
12183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12191 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12192 This is done with the menu
12194 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12195 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12196 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12200 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12201 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12204 \begin_layout Standard
12205 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12206 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12207 a hyphen and a space in the form
12208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12216 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12224 as hyphenation possibility.
12225 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12226 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12227 of the LaTeX-box-command
12233 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12234 As LyX doesn't support
12240 , we have to use ERT.
12241 The result looks in LyX like:
12244 \begin_layout Standard
12245 \begin_inset Graphics
12246 filename clipart/mbox.png
12253 \begin_layout Standard
12254 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12256 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12257 reference "sec:ERT"
12264 \begin_layout Subsection
12266 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12267 name "Punctuation marks"
12274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12275 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12276 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12277 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12284 \begin_layout Standard
12285 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12286 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12287 LaTeX then adds the
12288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12291 appropriate amount of space
12292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12296 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12298 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12301 \begin_layout Standard
12302 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12316 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12317 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12320 \begin_layout Standard
12321 Here are some examples of
12325 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12328 \begin_layout Itemize
12333 \begin_layout Itemize
12338 \begin_layout Standard
12339 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12342 \begin_layout Itemize
12345 this is too much space!
12348 \begin_layout Itemize
12353 \begin_layout Standard
12354 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12357 \begin_layout Standard
12358 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12361 \begin_layout Enumerate
12364 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12367 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12369 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12370 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12375 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12376 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12383 \begin_layout Enumerate
12389 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12391 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12392 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12397 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12398 name "Spaces ! thin"
12405 \begin_layout Enumerate
12410 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12415 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12416 Special\InsetSpace ~
12419 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12420 This function is also bound to
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12428 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12431 \begin_layout Itemize
12432 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12433 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12434 this is too much space!
12437 \begin_layout Itemize
12438 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12442 \begin_layout Standard
12443 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12444 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12445 LaTeX will care about this.
12448 \begin_layout Standard
12449 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12452 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12456 feature described in section
12467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12469 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12470 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12475 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12476 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12481 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12489 \begin_layout Standard
12490 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12491 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12492 and use a closing quote at the end.
12494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12502 The keyboard character,
12506 , generates this automatically.
12509 \begin_layout Standard
12510 You can change the behavior of the
12514 key using the submenu
12520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12524 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12525 name "Document ! Settings"
12532 \begin_layout Standard
12533 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12538 There are six choices:
12541 \begin_layout Labeling
12542 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12554 Use quotes like this
12555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12563 \begin_inset Quotes els
12567 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12573 \begin_layout Labeling
12574 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12577 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12581 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12587 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12591 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12595 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12601 \begin_layout Labeling
12602 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12605 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12609 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12615 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12619 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12623 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12627 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12633 \begin_layout Labeling
12634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12637 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12641 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12647 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12651 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12655 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12659 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12665 \begin_layout Labeling
12666 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12669 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12673 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12679 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12683 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12687 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12691 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12697 \begin_layout Labeling
12698 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12701 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12705 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12711 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12715 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12719 \begin_inset Quotes als
12723 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12729 \begin_layout Standard
12730 These settings affects what character the
12737 \begin_layout Subsection
12739 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12740 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12745 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12746 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12751 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12752 name "sub:Ligatures"
12759 \begin_layout Standard
12760 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12761 print them as single characters.
12762 These groups are known as
12767 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12769 Here are the standard ligatures:
12772 \begin_layout Itemize
12776 \begin_layout Itemize
12780 \begin_layout Itemize
12784 \begin_layout Itemize
12788 \begin_layout Itemize
12792 \begin_layout Standard
12793 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12796 \begin_layout Standard
12797 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12798 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12806 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12822 To break a ligature, use
12824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12825 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12826 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12842 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12859 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12867 \begin_layout Subsection
12869 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12870 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12875 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12876 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12883 \begin_layout Standard
12884 You have surely noticed, that the word
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12892 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12893 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12894 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12902 \begin_layout Standard
12910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12914 \begin_inset Note Note
12917 \begin_layout Standard
12918 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
12919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12926 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
12927 To create proper names omit the ERT.
12932 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12936 \begin_layout Description
12937 LyX The name of the game, write
12938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12945 \begin_layout Standard
12953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12959 \begin_layout Description
12960 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12982 \begin_layout Description
12983 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12991 \begin_layout Standard
12999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13005 \begin_layout Description
13006 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13014 \begin_layout Standard
13022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13028 \begin_layout Standard
13029 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13034 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13042 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13043 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13044 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13047 : The actual version is
13048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13055 , the previous one was
13056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13066 \begin_layout Standard
13067 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13068 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13069 This will look in LyX like:
13070 \begin_inset Graphics
13071 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13077 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13079 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13080 reference "sec:ERT"
13087 \begin_layout Subsection
13089 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13090 name "Typography ! Units"
13097 \begin_layout Standard
13098 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13099 space between two words.
13100 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13110 for units use the menu
13112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13113 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13124 \begin_layout Standard
13125 Here's an example to show the differences:
13128 \begin_layout Standard
13129 \begin_inset Tabular
13130 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13132 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13133 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13138 \begin_layout Standard
13141 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13152 \begin_layout Standard
13153 space between number and unit
13160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13163 \begin_layout Standard
13164 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13166 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13177 \begin_layout Standard
13178 half space between number and unit
13191 \begin_layout Subsection
13193 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13194 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13199 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13207 \begin_layout Standard
13208 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13210 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13211 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13212 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13213 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13214 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13215 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13226 \begin_layout Standard
13227 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13228 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13229 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13230 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13231 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13232 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13233 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13236 \begin_layout Standard
13237 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13238 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13239 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13241 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13242 key "latexcompanion"
13248 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13253 ] may have more information.
13254 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13257 \begin_layout Chapter
13258 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13259 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13260 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13267 \begin_layout Standard
13268 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13273 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13276 \begin_layout Section
13278 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13284 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13292 \begin_layout Standard
13293 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13296 \begin_layout Description
13298 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13301 \begin_inset Note Note
13304 \begin_layout Standard
13305 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13313 \begin_layout Description
13314 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13315 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13317 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13318 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13319 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13324 \begin_inset Note Comment
13327 \begin_layout Standard
13328 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13336 \begin_layout Description
13337 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13338 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13343 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13346 \begin_layout Standard
13351 \begin_layout Standard
13352 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13353 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13354 How this can be done is explained in the
13363 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13372 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13373 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13376 \begin_layout Description
13377 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13379 \begin_inset Note Framed
13382 \begin_layout Standard
13383 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13388 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13390 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13391 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13395 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13399 \begin_layout Description
13400 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13401 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13404 \begin_layout Standard
13405 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13410 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13411 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13414 \begin_layout Standard
13415 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13416 \begin_inset Graphics
13417 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13419 scaleBeforeRotation
13425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13429 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13432 \begin_layout Section
13434 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13440 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13441 name "sec:Footnotes"
13448 \begin_layout Standard
13449 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13455 or the toolbar button
13456 \begin_inset Graphics
13457 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13470 \begin_inset Graphics
13471 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13481 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13510 label, the box will
13514 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13515 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13528 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13544 \begin_layout Standard
13545 Here's an example footnote:
13553 \begin_layout Standard
13554 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13562 \begin_layout Standard
13563 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13564 position where the footnote box is placed.
13565 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13566 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13567 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13568 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13569 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13574 ey are described in the
13581 \begin_layout Section
13583 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13584 name "Marginal notes"
13589 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13590 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13597 \begin_layout Standard
13598 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13599 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13601 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13602 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13605 or the toolbar button
13606 \begin_inset Graphics
13607 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13634 appearing within your text.
13635 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13644 \begin_layout Standard
13645 At the side is an example marginal note.
13649 \begin_inset Marginal
13652 \begin_layout Standard
13653 This is a marginal note.
13661 \begin_layout Standard
13662 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13663 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13664 pages, right on odd pages.
13667 \begin_layout Section
13668 Graphics and Images
13669 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13675 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13681 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13682 name "sec:Graphics"
13689 \begin_layout Standard
13690 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13691 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13692 \begin_inset Graphics
13693 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13703 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13706 \begin_layout Standard
13707 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13712 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13713 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13714 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13716 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13718 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13719 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13726 \begin_layout Standard
13731 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13732 of the image in the output.
13733 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13745 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13748 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13749 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13758 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13763 You can also set the
13767 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13768 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13770 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13771 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13781 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13782 image size is printed.
13785 \begin_layout Standard
13786 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13787 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13789 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13790 centered paragraph:
13793 \begin_layout Standard
13795 \begin_inset Graphics
13796 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13799 rotateOrigin center
13806 \begin_layout Standard
13807 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13808 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13810 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13811 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13818 \begin_layout Subsection
13820 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13821 name "Image formats"
13826 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13827 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13834 \begin_layout Standard
13835 You can insert images in any known file format.
13836 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13838 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13839 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13843 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13844 LyX uses therefore the program
13848 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13849 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13850 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13852 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13853 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13860 \begin_layout Standard
13861 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13864 \begin_layout Description
13865 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13866 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13867 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13868 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13872 Graphics Interchange Format
13873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13876 (GIF, file extension
13877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13889 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13890 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13898 Portable Network Graphics
13899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13902 (PNG, file extension
13903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13915 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13916 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13924 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13928 (JPG, file extension
13929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13953 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13954 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13961 \begin_layout Description
13962 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13963 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13965 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13966 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13967 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13970 calable image formats can be
13971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13974 Scalable Vector Graphics
13975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13978 (SVG, file extension
13979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13991 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13992 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
13997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14000 Encapsulated PostScript
14001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14004 (EPS, file extension
14005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14017 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14018 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14026 Portable Document Format
14027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14030 (PDF, file extension
14031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14043 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14049 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14050 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14051 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14056 \begin_layout Standard
14057 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14065 \begin_layout Standard
14066 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14070 \begin_layout Section
14072 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14078 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14086 \begin_layout Standard
14087 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14088 \begin_inset Graphics
14089 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14100 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14101 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14102 from the rest of the table.
14103 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14104 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14106 Here's an example table:
14109 \begin_layout Standard
14111 \begin_inset Tabular
14112 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14114 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14115 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14116 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14117 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14118 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14122 \begin_layout Standard
14128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14149 \begin_layout Standard
14155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14158 \begin_layout Standard
14165 <row topline="true">
14166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14169 \begin_layout Standard
14184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14187 \begin_layout Standard
14193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14196 \begin_layout Standard
14202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14205 \begin_layout Standard
14212 <row topline="true">
14213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14216 \begin_layout Standard
14231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14234 \begin_layout Standard
14240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14243 \begin_layout Standard
14253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14256 \begin_layout Standard
14263 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14267 \begin_layout Standard
14282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14285 \begin_layout Standard
14291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14294 \begin_layout Standard
14300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14303 \begin_layout Standard
14317 \begin_layout Subsection
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14322 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14323 brings up the table dialog.
14324 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14325 where the cursor is placed currently.
14326 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14327 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14328 done on all of your selection.
14331 \begin_layout Standard
14332 Additionally to the table dialog the
14337 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14339 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14340 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14341 delete lines via the table
14345 \begin_layout Standard
14351 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14352 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14353 current cell respectively.
14354 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14356 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14357 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14359 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14360 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14367 \begin_layout Standard
14368 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14374 This will merge the cells to
14378 cell, spread over more than one column.
14379 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14380 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14381 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14382 in the last row without the upper border:
14385 \begin_layout Standard
14387 \begin_inset Tabular
14388 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14389 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14390 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14391 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14392 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14393 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14394 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14398 \begin_layout Standard
14404 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14407 \begin_layout Standard
14413 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14416 \begin_layout Standard
14422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14425 \begin_layout Standard
14432 <row topline="true">
14433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14454 \begin_layout Standard
14460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14463 \begin_layout Standard
14469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14472 \begin_layout Standard
14479 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14483 \begin_layout Standard
14489 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14492 \begin_layout Standard
14498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14501 \begin_layout Standard
14507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14510 \begin_layout Standard
14524 \begin_layout Standard
14525 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14526 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14527 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14528 explained in the tables section of the
14530 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14534 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14535 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14538 degrees counterclockwise.
14539 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14542 \begin_layout Standard
14543 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14546 \begin_layout Standard
14551 Most DVI-viewers are
14555 able to display rotations.
14563 \begin_layout Standard
14568 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14573 adds lines for all cell borders.
14576 \begin_layout Subsection
14578 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14579 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14584 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14592 \begin_layout Standard
14593 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14603 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14604 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14607 \begin_layout Description
14612 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14613 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14614 except for the first page, if
14622 \begin_layout Description
14628 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14629 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14632 \begin_layout Description
14637 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14638 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14639 except for the last page, if
14647 \begin_layout Description
14653 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14654 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14657 \begin_layout Standard
14658 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14659 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14660 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14661 The others will then be defined as
14666 In this context, first means first in this order:
14668 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14681 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14684 \begin_layout Standard
14686 \begin_inset Tabular
14687 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14688 <features islongtable="true">
14689 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14690 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14691 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14692 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14693 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14696 \begin_layout Standard
14699 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14704 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14707 \begin_layout Standard
14713 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14716 \begin_layout Standard
14723 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14724 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14727 \begin_layout Standard
14735 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14738 \begin_layout Standard
14744 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14747 \begin_layout Standard
14756 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14757 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14760 \begin_layout Standard
14768 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14771 \begin_layout Standard
14777 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14780 \begin_layout Standard
14787 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14788 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14791 \begin_layout Standard
14799 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14802 \begin_layout Standard
14808 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14811 \begin_layout Standard
14820 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14821 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14824 \begin_layout Standard
14832 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14835 \begin_layout Standard
14841 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14844 \begin_layout Standard
14851 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14855 \begin_layout Standard
14863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14866 \begin_layout Standard
14872 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14875 \begin_layout Standard
14882 <row bottomline="true">
14883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14886 \begin_layout Standard
14894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14897 \begin_layout Standard
14903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14906 \begin_layout Standard
14913 <row bottomline="true">
14914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14917 \begin_layout Standard
14925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14928 \begin_layout Standard
14934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14937 \begin_layout Standard
14944 <row bottomline="true">
14945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14948 \begin_layout Standard
14956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14959 \begin_layout Standard
14965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14968 \begin_layout Standard
14975 <row bottomline="true">
14976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14979 \begin_layout Standard
14987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14990 \begin_layout Standard
14996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14999 \begin_layout Standard
15006 <row bottomline="true">
15007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15010 \begin_layout Standard
15018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15021 \begin_layout Standard
15027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15030 \begin_layout Standard
15037 <row bottomline="true">
15038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15041 \begin_layout Standard
15049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15052 \begin_layout Standard
15058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15061 \begin_layout Standard
15068 <row bottomline="true">
15069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15072 \begin_layout Standard
15080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15083 \begin_layout Standard
15089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15092 \begin_layout Standard
15099 <row bottomline="true">
15100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15114 \begin_layout Standard
15120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15123 \begin_layout Standard
15130 <row bottomline="true">
15131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15134 \begin_layout Standard
15142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15145 \begin_layout Standard
15151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15154 \begin_layout Standard
15161 <row bottomline="true">
15162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15165 \begin_layout Standard
15173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15176 \begin_layout Standard
15182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15185 \begin_layout Standard
15192 <row bottomline="true">
15193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15196 \begin_layout Standard
15204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15207 \begin_layout Standard
15213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15216 \begin_layout Standard
15223 <row bottomline="true">
15224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15227 \begin_layout Standard
15235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15238 \begin_layout Standard
15244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15247 \begin_layout Standard
15254 <row bottomline="true">
15255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15258 \begin_layout Standard
15266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15269 \begin_layout Standard
15275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15278 \begin_layout Standard
15285 <row bottomline="true">
15286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15289 \begin_layout Standard
15297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15300 \begin_layout Standard
15306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15309 \begin_layout Standard
15316 <row bottomline="true">
15317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15320 \begin_layout Standard
15328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15331 \begin_layout Standard
15337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15340 \begin_layout Standard
15347 <row bottomline="true">
15348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15351 \begin_layout Standard
15359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15362 \begin_layout Standard
15368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15371 \begin_layout Standard
15378 <row bottomline="true">
15379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15382 \begin_layout Standard
15390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15393 \begin_layout Standard
15399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15402 \begin_layout Standard
15409 <row bottomline="true">
15410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15413 \begin_layout Standard
15421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15424 \begin_layout Standard
15430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15433 \begin_layout Standard
15440 <row bottomline="true">
15441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15444 \begin_layout Standard
15452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15455 \begin_layout Standard
15461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15464 \begin_layout Standard
15471 <row bottomline="true">
15472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15475 \begin_layout Standard
15483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15486 \begin_layout Standard
15492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15495 \begin_layout Standard
15502 <row bottomline="true">
15503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15506 \begin_layout Standard
15514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15517 \begin_layout Standard
15523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15526 \begin_layout Standard
15533 <row bottomline="true">
15534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15537 \begin_layout Standard
15545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15548 \begin_layout Standard
15554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15557 \begin_layout Standard
15564 <row bottomline="true">
15565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15568 \begin_layout Standard
15576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15579 \begin_layout Standard
15585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15588 \begin_layout Standard
15595 <row bottomline="true">
15596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15599 \begin_layout Standard
15607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15610 \begin_layout Standard
15616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15619 \begin_layout Standard
15626 <row bottomline="true">
15627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15630 \begin_layout Standard
15638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15641 \begin_layout Standard
15647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15650 \begin_layout Standard
15657 <row bottomline="true">
15658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15661 \begin_layout Standard
15669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15672 \begin_layout Standard
15678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15681 \begin_layout Standard
15688 <row bottomline="true">
15689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15692 \begin_layout Standard
15700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15703 \begin_layout Standard
15709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15712 \begin_layout Standard
15719 <row bottomline="true">
15720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15723 \begin_layout Standard
15731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15734 \begin_layout Standard
15740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15743 \begin_layout Standard
15750 <row bottomline="true">
15751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15765 \begin_layout Standard
15771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15774 \begin_layout Standard
15781 <row bottomline="true">
15782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15785 \begin_layout Standard
15793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15796 \begin_layout Standard
15802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15805 \begin_layout Standard
15812 <row bottomline="true">
15813 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15816 \begin_layout Standard
15822 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15825 \begin_layout Standard
15831 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15834 \begin_layout Standard
15841 <row bottomline="true">
15842 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15845 \begin_layout Standard
15853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15856 \begin_layout Standard
15862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15865 \begin_layout Standard
15872 <row bottomline="true">
15873 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15876 \begin_layout Standard
15884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15887 \begin_layout Standard
15893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15896 \begin_layout Standard
15903 <row bottomline="true">
15904 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15907 \begin_layout Standard
15915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15918 \begin_layout Standard
15924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15927 \begin_layout Standard
15934 <row bottomline="true">
15935 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15938 \begin_layout Standard
15946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15949 \begin_layout Standard
15955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15958 \begin_layout Standard
15965 <row bottomline="true">
15966 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15969 \begin_layout Standard
15977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15980 \begin_layout Standard
15986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15989 \begin_layout Standard
15996 <row bottomline="true">
15997 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16000 \begin_layout Standard
16008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16011 \begin_layout Standard
16017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16020 \begin_layout Standard
16027 <row bottomline="true">
16028 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16031 \begin_layout Standard
16039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16042 \begin_layout Standard
16048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16051 \begin_layout Standard
16058 <row bottomline="true">
16059 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16062 \begin_layout Standard
16070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16073 \begin_layout Standard
16079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16082 \begin_layout Standard
16089 <row bottomline="true">
16090 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16093 \begin_layout Standard
16101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16104 \begin_layout Standard
16110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16113 \begin_layout Standard
16120 <row bottomline="true">
16121 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16124 \begin_layout Standard
16132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16135 \begin_layout Standard
16141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16144 \begin_layout Standard
16151 <row bottomline="true">
16152 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16155 \begin_layout Standard
16163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16166 \begin_layout Standard
16172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16175 \begin_layout Standard
16182 <row bottomline="true">
16183 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16186 \begin_layout Standard
16194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16197 \begin_layout Standard
16203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16206 \begin_layout Standard
16213 <row bottomline="true">
16214 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16217 \begin_layout Standard
16225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16228 \begin_layout Standard
16234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16237 \begin_layout Standard
16244 <row bottomline="true">
16245 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16248 \begin_layout Standard
16256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16259 \begin_layout Standard
16265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16268 \begin_layout Standard
16275 <row bottomline="true">
16276 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16279 \begin_layout Standard
16287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16290 \begin_layout Standard
16296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16299 \begin_layout Standard
16306 <row bottomline="true">
16307 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16310 \begin_layout Standard
16318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16321 \begin_layout Standard
16327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16330 \begin_layout Standard
16337 <row bottomline="true">
16338 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16341 \begin_layout Standard
16349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16352 \begin_layout Standard
16358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16361 \begin_layout Standard
16368 <row bottomline="true">
16369 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16372 \begin_layout Standard
16380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16383 \begin_layout Standard
16389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16392 \begin_layout Standard
16399 <row bottomline="true">
16400 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16403 \begin_layout Standard
16411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16414 \begin_layout Standard
16420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16423 \begin_layout Standard
16430 <row bottomline="true">
16431 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16434 \begin_layout Standard
16442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16445 \begin_layout Standard
16451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16454 \begin_layout Standard
16461 <row bottomline="true">
16462 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16465 \begin_layout Standard
16473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16476 \begin_layout Standard
16482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16485 \begin_layout Standard
16492 <row bottomline="true">
16493 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16496 \begin_layout Standard
16504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16507 \begin_layout Standard
16513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16516 \begin_layout Standard
16523 <row bottomline="true">
16524 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16527 \begin_layout Standard
16535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16538 \begin_layout Standard
16544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16547 \begin_layout Standard
16554 <row bottomline="true">
16555 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16558 \begin_layout Standard
16566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16569 \begin_layout Standard
16575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16578 \begin_layout Standard
16585 <row bottomline="true">
16586 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16589 \begin_layout Standard
16597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16600 \begin_layout Standard
16606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16609 \begin_layout Standard
16616 <row bottomline="true">
16617 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16620 \begin_layout Standard
16628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16631 \begin_layout Standard
16637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Standard
16647 <row bottomline="true">
16648 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16651 \begin_layout Standard
16659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16671 \begin_layout Standard
16678 <row bottomline="true">
16679 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Standard
16690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16693 \begin_layout Standard
16699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Standard
16709 <row bottomline="true">
16710 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Standard
16721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16724 \begin_layout Standard
16730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Standard
16740 <row bottomline="true">
16741 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Standard
16752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16755 \begin_layout Standard
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Standard
16771 <row bottomline="true">
16772 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Standard
16783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16786 \begin_layout Standard
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Standard
16802 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16803 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Standard
16814 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16817 \begin_layout Standard
16823 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Standard
16840 \begin_layout Subsection
16842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16843 name "Tables ! Cells"
16848 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16849 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16856 \begin_layout Standard
16857 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16858 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16859 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16860 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16864 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16865 for the cell's paragraph.
16868 \begin_layout Standard
16869 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16870 for the column in the table dialog.
16871 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16872 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16876 \begin_layout Standard
16878 \begin_inset Tabular
16879 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16882 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16884 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Standard
16903 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16906 \begin_layout Standard
16921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Standard
16941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16944 \begin_layout Standard
16959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Standard
16972 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Standard
16996 <row bottomline="true">
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Standard
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Standard
17028 This is longer now.
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Standard
17052 <row bottomline="true">
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Standard
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Standard
17084 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17085 This is longer now.
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Standard
17116 \begin_layout Standard
17117 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17118 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17119 Selection with the mouse or with
17123 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17124 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17125 the selection from outside the table.
17128 \begin_layout Section
17130 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17136 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17144 \begin_layout Standard
17145 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17146 have a fixed location.
17148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17155 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17162 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17165 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17166 too much notes at the page.
17169 \begin_layout Standard
17170 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17171 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17172 and pages without text.
17173 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17174 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17175 Floats are therefore numbered.
17176 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17178 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17179 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17186 \begin_layout Standard
17187 To insert a float, use the menu
17189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17193 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17199 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17204 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17205 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17207 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17208 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17209 name "Floats ! Captions"
17213 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17214 paragraph within the float.
17215 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17216 by left-clicking on the box label.
17217 A closed float box looks like this:
17218 \begin_inset Graphics
17219 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17224 -- a gray button with a red label.
17227 \begin_layout Standard
17228 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17229 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17232 \begin_layout Subsection
17236 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17238 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17239 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17244 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17245 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17252 \begin_layout Standard
17255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17256 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17259 inserts a float with the label
17260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17265 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17273 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17274 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17275 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17277 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17278 reference "cap:Platypus"
17283 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17284 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17285 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17287 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17288 reference "cap:Escher"
17295 \begin_layout Standard
17296 \begin_inset Float figure
17301 \begin_layout Standard
17303 \begin_inset Graphics
17304 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17307 rotateOrigin center
17314 \begin_layout Standard
17315 \begin_inset Caption
17317 \begin_layout Standard
17318 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17319 name "cap:Platypus"
17323 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17336 \begin_layout Standard
17337 \begin_inset Float figure
17342 \begin_layout Standard
17343 \begin_inset Caption
17345 \begin_layout Standard
17346 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17360 \begin_layout Standard
17362 \begin_inset Graphics
17363 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17366 rotateOrigin center
17378 \begin_layout Standard
17379 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17381 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17383 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17384 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17388 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17393 and refer to it using the menu
17395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17399 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17408 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17420 \begin_layout Standard
17421 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17422 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17423 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17429 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17433 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17434 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17436 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17437 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17441 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17442 You can also set the images one below the other.
17445 \begin_layout Standard
17446 \begin_inset Float figure
17451 \begin_layout Standard
17455 \begin_inset Graphics
17456 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17459 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17466 \begin_inset Graphics
17467 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17471 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17480 \begin_layout Standard
17481 \begin_inset Caption
17483 \begin_layout Standard
17484 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17485 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17489 Two distorted images.
17502 \begin_layout Standard
17503 Note that the caption is added to the
17509 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17511 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17512 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17519 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17521 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17522 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17527 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17528 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17535 \begin_layout Standard
17536 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17538 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17539 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17543 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17547 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17548 reference "cap:Table-float"
17552 is an example of a table float.
17555 \begin_layout Standard
17556 \begin_inset Float table
17561 \begin_layout Standard
17562 \begin_inset Caption
17564 \begin_layout Standard
17565 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17566 name "cap:Table-float"
17578 \begin_layout Standard
17580 \begin_inset Tabular
17581 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17584 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17585 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17586 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Standard
17605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Standard
17623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Standard
17642 <row topline="true">
17643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17646 \begin_layout Standard
17661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17664 \begin_layout Standard
17679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Standard
17698 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17702 \begin_layout Standard
17712 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Standard
17733 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17735 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17746 \begin_layout Standard
17756 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17779 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17780 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17787 \begin_layout Standard
17788 This float type is inserted with the menu
17790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17791 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17795 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17796 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17800 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17802 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17803 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17810 \begin_layout Standard
17811 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17814 \begin_layout Standard
17819 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17825 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17828 \begin_layout Standard
17833 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17837 \begin_layout Standard
17838 to the document preamble (menu
17840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17866 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17867 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17872 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17873 name "sec:floatflt"
17880 \begin_layout Standard
17881 This float type is used if you want to
17882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17889 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17891 It can be inserted using the menu
17892 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17897 \begin_layout Standard
17898 \begin_inset Graphics
17899 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17902 rotateOrigin center
17909 \begin_layout Standard
17910 \begin_inset Caption
17912 \begin_layout Standard
17913 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17914 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17918 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17920 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17935 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17936 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17941 if the LaTeX-package
17946 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17947 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17955 \begin_layout Standard
17956 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17966 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17968 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17970 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17971 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17975 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17976 wrap float with a width of 40
17977 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17984 \begin_layout Standard
17985 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
17987 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17988 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17997 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18001 \begin_layout Standard
18006 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18007 If you need this, read the documentation of
18012 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18020 \begin_layout Standard
18021 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18024 \begin_layout Standard
18030 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18031 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18032 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18033 over some other text.
18037 \begin_layout Standard
18038 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18043 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18044 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18052 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18065 \begin_layout Itemize
18066 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18067 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18068 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18069 breaks will appear.
18072 \begin_layout Itemize
18073 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18074 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18077 \begin_layout Itemize
18078 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18079 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18082 \begin_layout Itemize
18083 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18086 \begin_layout Subsection
18088 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18089 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18094 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18095 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18102 \begin_layout Standard
18103 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18104 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18107 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18113 \begin_layout Standard
18114 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18115 a two-column document).
18116 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18117 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18124 \begin_layout Standard
18125 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18126 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18128 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18129 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18133 is an example of a rotated table float.
18136 \begin_layout Standard
18137 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18140 \begin_layout Standard
18145 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18153 \begin_layout Standard
18154 \begin_inset Float table
18159 \begin_layout Standard
18160 \begin_inset Caption
18162 \begin_layout Standard
18163 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18164 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18176 \begin_layout Standard
18178 \begin_inset Tabular
18179 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18181 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18182 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18183 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18184 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18185 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18186 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Standard
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Standard
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Standard
18214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Standard
18223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Standard
18245 \begin_layout Subsection
18247 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18248 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18253 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18254 name "Floats ! Placement"
18261 \begin_layout Standard
18262 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18263 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18270 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18271 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18276 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18279 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18281 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18282 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18289 \begin_layout Standard
18290 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18291 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18294 default\InsetSpace ~
18300 \begin_layout Description
18303 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18306 \begin_layout Description
18309 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18312 \begin_layout Description
18313 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18315 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18318 \begin_layout Description
18321 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18324 \begin_layout Standard
18325 The order of the above option is
18330 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18343 , and then the others.
18344 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18346 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18347 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18350 \begin_layout Standard
18351 By default, each options has its own rules:
18354 \begin_layout Standard
18361 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18362 % of the page can be placed at the top
18366 \begin_layout Standard
18369 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18373 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18374 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18378 \begin_layout Standard
18385 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18386 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18387 can be set together on a page.
18390 \begin_layout Standard
18391 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18394 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18401 \begin_layout Standard
18402 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18403 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18404 For this case you can use the option
18410 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18412 Because the float is then no longer able to
18413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18420 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18423 \begin_layout Standard
18424 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18425 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18428 \begin_layout Standard
18429 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18431 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18432 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18439 \begin_layout Section
18441 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18447 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18448 name "sec:Minipages"
18455 \begin_layout Standard
18456 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18458 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18463 \begin_layout Standard
18464 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18470 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18471 and its alignment within the page.
18474 \begin_layout Standard
18476 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18485 height_special "totalheight"
18488 \begin_layout Standard
18491 This is a minipage.
18492 The text is set in an italic style.
18495 \begin_layout Standard
18498 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18499 another formatting.
18507 \begin_layout Standard
18508 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18511 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18515 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18517 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18518 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18523 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18529 \begin_layout Standard
18530 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18539 height_special "totalheight"
18542 \begin_layout Standard
18543 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18544 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18552 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18561 height_special "totalheight"
18564 \begin_layout Standard
18565 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18566 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18574 \begin_layout Standard
18575 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18581 \begin_layout Standard
18582 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18583 to other box types.
18584 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18595 \begin_layout Chapter
18596 Mathematical Formulas
18597 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18603 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18604 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18609 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18610 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18617 \begin_layout Section
18619 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18620 name "Math ! Basics"
18627 \begin_layout Standard
18628 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18629 \begin_inset Graphics
18630 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18635 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18637 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18638 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18639 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18647 \begin_layout Standard
18648 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18654 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18657 \begin_layout Standard
18658 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18659 line, like this one:
18662 \begin_layout Standard
18663 This is a line with an inline formula
18664 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18670 \begin_layout Standard
18671 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18673 \begin_inset Formula \[
18678 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18681 \begin_layout Standard
18682 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18698 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18699 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18703 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18711 \begin_layout Subsection
18712 Navigating in Formulas
18713 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18714 name "Math ! Navigating"
18721 \begin_layout Standard
18722 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18723 achieved with the arrow keys.
18724 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18725 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18730 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18731 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18735 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18739 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18741 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18749 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18754 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18755 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18758 \begin_layout Standard
18763 , printed in this document as
18764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18771 \begin_layout Standard
18781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18785 \begin_inset Note Note
18788 \begin_layout Standard
18789 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18790 space character (visible space).
18795 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18796 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18797 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18802 For example, if you want
18803 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18814 \begin_layout Standard
18833 \begin_layout Standard
18846 \begin_layout Standard
18857 , since in the latter case only the
18860 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18865 will be under the square root sign:
18866 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18872 \begin_layout Standard
18873 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18875 \begin_inset Formula \[
18876 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18879 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18883 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18884 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18887 \begin_layout Subsection
18891 \begin_layout Standard
18892 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18893 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18897 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18898 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18899 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18900 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18901 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18904 \begin_layout Subsection
18905 Exponents and Subscripts
18906 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18907 name "Math ! Exponents"
18912 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18913 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18920 \begin_layout Standard
18921 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18922 way is to use a command.
18924 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18927 , type in a formula
18933 \begin_layout Standard
18949 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18955 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18959 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18968 \begin_layout Standard
18980 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18989 , you have to use an extra
18993 to separate the hat and the character.
18996 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19005 \begin_layout Standard
19017 Subscripts are similar: To get
19018 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19027 \begin_layout Standard
19041 \begin_layout Subsection
19043 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19044 name "Math ! Fractions"
19051 \begin_layout Standard
19052 Create a fraction with either the command
19059 \begin_inset Graphics
19060 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19071 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19072 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19073 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19078 To move back up, press
19083 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19084 \begin_inset Formula \[
19085 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19087 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19094 \begin_layout Subsection
19096 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19097 name "Math ! Roots"
19104 \begin_layout Standard
19105 Roots can be created using the
19111 \begin_inset Graphics
19112 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19135 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19141 produces always a square root.
19144 \begin_layout Subsection
19145 Operators with Limits
19146 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19152 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19153 name "Math ! Integrals"
19158 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19159 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19166 \begin_layout Standard
19168 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19172 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19175 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19176 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19177 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19178 The sum operator will automatically place its
19179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19186 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19189 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19193 \begin_inset Formula \[
19194 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19198 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19202 \begin_layout Standard
19203 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19205 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19206 behind the operator and hitting
19212 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19213 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19214 Change\InsetSpace ~
19215 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19221 \begin_layout Standard
19222 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19230 feature as addition, such as
19231 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19232 name "Math ! Limits"
19237 \begin_inset Formula \[
19238 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19242 which will place the
19243 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19255 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19256 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19262 \begin_layout Standard
19263 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19270 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19272 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19273 reference "sub:Functions"
19277 for an explanation of function macros.
19280 \begin_layout Subsection
19282 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19283 name "Math ! Symbols"
19290 \begin_layout Standard
19291 Most math symbols can be found in the
19296 under one of several categories; including
19313 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19317 \begin_layout Standard
19318 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19319 you don't have to use the
19324 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19325 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19328 \begin_layout Subsection
19330 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19331 name "Math ! Spaces"
19336 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19337 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19344 \begin_layout Standard
19345 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19357 \begin_inset Graphics
19358 filename ../images/math/space.png
19363 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19364 Here a example for the sequence
19369 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19373 \begin_inset Graphics
19374 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19379 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19380 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19381 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19382 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19387 \begin_layout Standard
19397 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19403 \begin_layout Standard
19413 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19419 \begin_layout Subsection
19421 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19422 name "Math ! Functions"
19427 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19428 name "sub:Functions"
19435 \begin_layout Standard
19441 contains under the button
19442 \begin_inset Graphics
19443 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19447 a number of functions, such as
19448 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19452 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19460 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19467 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19468 avoid confusions, because
19469 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19473 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19479 \begin_layout Standard
19480 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19482 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19486 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19492 \begin_layout Standard
19493 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19494 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19496 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19497 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19504 \begin_layout Subsection
19506 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19507 name "Math ! Accents"
19514 \begin_layout Standard
19515 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19517 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19518 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19520 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19523 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19524 Our example is entered by typing
19532 \begin_layout Standard
19546 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19547 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19551 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19554 \begin_layout Standard
19555 \begin_inset Float table
19560 \begin_layout Standard
19561 \begin_inset Caption
19563 \begin_layout Standard
19564 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19565 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19569 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19577 \begin_layout Standard
19579 \begin_inset Tabular
19580 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19584 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19585 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19589 \begin_layout Standard
19595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19598 \begin_layout Standard
19604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19607 \begin_layout Standard
19623 <row topline="true">
19624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19627 \begin_layout Standard
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Standard
19655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19658 \begin_layout Standard
19668 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19677 <row topline="true">
19678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19681 \begin_layout Standard
19696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19699 \begin_layout Standard
19709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19712 \begin_layout Standard
19722 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19731 <row topline="true">
19732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19735 \begin_layout Standard
19750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19753 \begin_layout Standard
19763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19766 \begin_layout Standard
19776 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19785 <row topline="true">
19786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19789 \begin_layout Standard
19804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19807 \begin_layout Standard
19817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19820 \begin_layout Standard
19830 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19839 <row topline="true">
19840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19843 \begin_layout Standard
19858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19861 \begin_layout Standard
19871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19874 \begin_layout Standard
19884 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19893 <row topline="true">
19894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19897 \begin_layout Standard
19912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19915 \begin_layout Standard
19925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19928 \begin_layout Standard
19938 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19947 <row topline="true">
19948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19951 \begin_layout Standard
19966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19969 \begin_layout Standard
19979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19982 \begin_layout Standard
19992 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20001 <row topline="true">
20002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20005 \begin_layout Standard
20020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20023 \begin_layout Standard
20033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20036 \begin_layout Standard
20046 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20055 <row topline="true">
20056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20059 \begin_layout Standard
20074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20077 \begin_layout Standard
20087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20090 \begin_layout Standard
20100 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20109 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20113 \begin_layout Standard
20119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20122 \begin_layout Standard
20132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20135 \begin_layout Standard
20145 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20166 \begin_layout Standard
20167 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20173 \begin_inset Graphics
20174 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20178 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20182 \begin_layout Section
20183 Brackets and Delimiters
20184 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20185 name "Math ! Brackets"
20190 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20191 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20196 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20197 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20204 \begin_layout Standard
20205 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20206 For most purposes, using just the keys
20211 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20212 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20218 \begin_inset Graphics
20219 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20224 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20226 \begin_inset Formula \[
20227 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20229 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20233 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20234 \begin_inset Formula \[
20235 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20243 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20244 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20247 \begin_layout Standard
20248 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20249 left side and right side.
20250 If you use the option
20255 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20256 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20257 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20258 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20261 \begin_layout Standard
20262 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20263 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20264 inside the brackets.
20265 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20270 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20273 \begin_layout Standard
20274 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20285 \begin_layout Section
20287 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20288 name "Math ! Grouping"
20293 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20294 name "sec:Grouping"
20301 \begin_layout Standard
20302 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20303 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20314 \begin_layout Standard
20315 \begin_inset Formula \[
20316 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20323 \begin_layout Standard
20324 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20339 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20340 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20341 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20344 \begin_layout Section
20345 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20346 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20347 name "Math ! Arrays"
20352 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20353 name "Math ! Matrices"
20358 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20359 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20366 \begin_layout Standard
20367 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20373 \begin_inset Graphics
20374 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20379 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20380 Here is an example:
20381 \begin_inset Formula \[
20382 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20385 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20389 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20391 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20392 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20397 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20398 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20399 This alignment is set in the box
20404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20452 for every column as default.
20453 For example, the sequence
20454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20465 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20466 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20467 corresponds to the relevant column.
20468 The result will look like this:
20469 \begin_inset Formula \[
20471 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20472 column & has & has\, right\\
20473 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20480 \begin_layout Standard
20481 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20485 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20486 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20488 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20494 \begin_layout Standard
20495 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20496 It can be created with the menu
20498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20499 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20511 \begin_inset Formula \[
20515 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20522 \begin_layout Standard
20523 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20526 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20534 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20543 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20551 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20552 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20553 A new row is created by every further hit of
20561 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20562 Here is an example:
20563 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20564 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20565 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20569 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20570 where you want to start the shift and hit
20575 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20576 position to the next column.
20577 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20578 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20579 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20580 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20587 \begin_layout Standard
20588 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20595 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20596 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20597 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20598 reference "eq:asquared"
20603 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20605 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20606 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20613 \begin_layout Section
20614 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20615 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20616 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20622 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20627 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20628 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20635 \begin_layout Standard
20636 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20638 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20639 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20640 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20649 The formula number appears in LyX as
20650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20657 within parentheses.
20659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20666 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20668 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20669 the document class.
20670 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20671 separated by a dot:
20672 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20673 1+1=2\end{equation}
20682 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20683 You can only number displayed formulas.
20686 \begin_layout Standard
20687 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20689 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20690 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20691 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20692 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20701 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20702 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20704 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20705 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20709 To number all lines use the shortcut
20717 \begin_layout Standard
20718 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20721 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20722 A label is inserted with the menu
20724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20727 when the cursor is in the formula.
20728 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20729 It is recommended to use the proposed
20730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20741 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20742 type when you have many labels in your document.
20743 We inserted in the following example the label
20744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20751 in the second line:
20752 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20753 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20754 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20758 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20759 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20769 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20771 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20776 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20777 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20778 as the formula number:
20781 \begin_layout Standard
20782 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20783 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20784 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20792 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20794 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20795 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20800 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20806 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20810 \begin_layout Standard
20811 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20819 \begin_layout Section
20820 User defined math macros
20821 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20822 name "Math ! Macros"
20827 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20828 name "sec:math-macros"
20835 \begin_layout Standard
20836 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20837 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20838 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20841 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20842 \begin_inset Formula \[
20843 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20847 The general form of its solution is:
20848 \begin_inset Formula \[
20849 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20856 \begin_layout Standard
20857 The macro should print the parameters
20858 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20862 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20866 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20869 like in the equation above.
20872 \begin_layout Standard
20873 A macro is created by executing the command
20876 \begin_layout Standard
20883 \begin_layout Standard
20896 \begin_layout Standard
20905 Number\InsetSpace ~
20910 \begin_layout Standard
20911 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20912 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20913 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20914 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20918 \begin_layout Standard
20919 We have three arguments and name the macro
20920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20927 , so that the command is:
20930 \begin_layout Standard
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20950 \begin_layout Standard
20962 \begin_layout Standard
20963 This results in the following macro definition box:
20964 \begin_inset Graphics
20965 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20970 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20971 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20972 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20976 \begin_inset Note Note
20979 \begin_layout Standard
20980 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20981 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20989 \begin_layout Standard
20990 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
20991 the math panel or commands.
20992 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
20993 followed by the argument number, e.g.
20995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21004 for the first argument.
21005 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
21006 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21007 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21008 in LyX with its full size.
21009 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21010 In our example we insert the sequence
21040 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21043 \begin_layout Standard
21044 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21059 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21062 \begin_layout Standard
21064 \begin_inset Graphics
21065 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21072 \begin_layout Standard
21073 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21074 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21075 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21076 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21077 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21081 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21082 to the new definition.
21083 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21084 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21088 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21092 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21096 \begin_inset Formula \[
21097 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21104 \begin_layout Standard
21105 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21109 \begin_layout Standard
21128 \begin_layout Standard
21143 \begin_layout Standard
21154 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21157 \begin_layout Standard
21158 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21159 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21160 definition box in your document.
21161 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21163 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21165 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21170 \begin_layout Section
21174 \begin_layout Subsection
21176 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21177 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21186 To set a font in a formula, use the
21192 \begin_inset Graphics
21193 filename ../images/math/font.png
21197 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21200 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21207 \begin_layout Standard
21208 \begin_inset Float table
21213 \begin_layout Standard
21214 \begin_inset Caption
21216 \begin_layout Standard
21217 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21218 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21222 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21230 \begin_layout Standard
21232 \begin_inset Tabular
21233 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21236 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21237 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21241 \begin_layout Standard
21247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21250 \begin_layout Standard
21257 <row topline="true">
21258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21261 \begin_layout Standard
21268 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21279 \begin_layout Standard
21290 <row topline="true">
21291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21294 \begin_layout Standard
21295 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21306 \begin_layout Standard
21317 <row topline="true">
21318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21321 \begin_layout Standard
21322 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21333 \begin_layout Standard
21344 <row topline="true">
21345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21348 \begin_layout Standard
21355 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21366 \begin_layout Standard
21377 <row topline="true">
21378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21382 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21393 \begin_layout Standard
21404 <row topline="true">
21405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21408 \begin_layout Standard
21409 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21420 \begin_layout Standard
21431 <row topline="true">
21432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21435 \begin_layout Standard
21443 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21454 \begin_layout Standard
21465 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21469 \begin_layout Standard
21470 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21481 \begin_layout Standard
21504 \begin_layout Standard
21505 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21508 \begin_layout Standard
21513 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21529 \begin_layout Standard
21530 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21531 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21536 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21537 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21538 Here an example where a
21539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21550 denotes the set of numbers:
21551 \begin_inset Formula \[
21552 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21559 \begin_layout Standard
21560 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21571 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21576 So better don't use this feature.
21579 \begin_layout Standard
21580 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21581 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21586 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21592 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21593 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21599 \begin_layout Standard
21606 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21609 \begin_layout Standard
21610 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21612 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21613 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21620 \begin_layout Subsection
21622 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21630 \begin_layout Standard
21631 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21633 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21636 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21646 \begin_inset Graphics
21647 filename ../images/math/font.png
21651 (alternatively the shortcut
21657 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21658 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21659 Here is an example:
21660 \begin_inset Formula \[
21662 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21663 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21670 \begin_layout Subsection
21672 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21673 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21680 \begin_layout Standard
21681 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21682 automatically chosen in most situations.
21700 For most characters,
21708 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21709 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21714 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21715 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21716 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21717 \begin_inset Graphics
21718 filename ../images/math/style.png
21723 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21724 For example, you can set
21725 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21728 , which is normally in
21737 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21741 The four styles are used in the following example:
21744 \begin_layout Standard
21745 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21749 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21753 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21757 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21763 \begin_layout Standard
21764 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21765 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21767 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21771 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21772 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21773 will be adjusted to correspond.
21774 As example a formula in the font size
21775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21785 \begin_layout Standard
21789 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21795 \begin_layout Section
21797 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21803 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21811 \begin_layout Standard
21812 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21813 (AMS) that are in common use.
21816 \begin_layout Subsection
21817 Enabling AMS-Support
21820 \begin_layout Standard
21821 Selecting the checkbox
21830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21834 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21835 name "Document ! Settings"
21844 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21846 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21847 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21850 \begin_layout Subsection
21852 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21853 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21858 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21859 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21866 \begin_layout Standard
21867 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21868 LyX allows you to choose between
21889 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21892 \begin_layout Chapter
21896 \begin_layout Section
21898 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21899 name "Cross references"
21904 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21905 name "sec:Cross-References"
21912 \begin_layout Standard
21913 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21914 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21916 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21917 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21918 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21921 \begin_layout Enumerate
21925 \begin_layout Enumerate
21926 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21927 name "enu:Second-item"
21934 \begin_layout Enumerate
21938 \begin_layout Standard
21939 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21944 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21945 \begin_inset Graphics
21946 filename ../images/label-insert.png
21952 A grey label box like this:
21953 \begin_inset Graphics
21954 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21959 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21960 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21995 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
21996 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
21997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22011 \begin_layout Standard
22012 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22017 or the toolbar button
22018 \begin_inset Graphics
22019 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22025 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22026 \begin_inset Graphics
22027 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22032 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22034 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22047 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22049 Here is our cross-reference:
22052 \begin_layout Standard
22055 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22056 reference "enu:Second-item"
22063 \begin_layout Standard
22064 It is recommended to use a protected space
22068 \begin_layout Standard
22069 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22071 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22072 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22081 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22085 \begin_layout Standard
22086 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22089 \begin_layout Description
22090 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22091 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22092 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22099 \begin_layout Description
22100 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22101 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22111 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22112 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22119 \begin_layout Description
22120 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22122 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22123 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22130 \begin_layout Description
22133 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22134 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22135 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22142 \begin_layout Description
22143 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22146 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22148 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22149 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22156 \begin_layout Description
22157 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22158 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22164 \begin_layout Standard
22169 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22172 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22173 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22187 \begin_layout Standard
22188 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22189 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22190 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22207 \begin_layout Standard
22208 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22209 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22210 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22214 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22218 \begin_layout Standard
22219 You can only use the style
22223 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22227 is always possible.
22230 \begin_layout Standard
22231 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22232 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22233 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22234 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22236 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22237 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22244 \begin_layout Standard
22251 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22252 The button text changes then to
22257 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22258 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22259 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22263 \begin_layout Standard
22264 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22265 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22266 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22269 \begin_layout Standard
22270 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22271 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22274 \begin_layout Standard
22275 References are described in detail in the
22282 \begin_layout Section
22283 Table of Contents and other Listings
22284 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22285 name "Table of contents"
22290 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22296 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22304 \begin_layout Subsection
22305 Table of Contents and Outline
22306 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22307 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22314 \begin_layout Standard
22315 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22317 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22318 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22324 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22325 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22326 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22327 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22334 \begin_layout Standard
22335 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22336 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22337 in section\InsetSpace ~
22339 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22340 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22344 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22345 Section\InsetSpace ~
22347 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22348 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22352 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22354 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22355 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22356 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22359 \begin_layout Standard
22360 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22362 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22364 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22370 \begin_layout Subsection
22371 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22372 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22380 \begin_layout Standard
22381 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22382 You can insert them via the
22384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22390 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22393 \begin_layout Section
22394 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22395 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22401 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22409 \begin_layout Standard
22410 It is often desirable to include long
22411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22418 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22419 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22420 to typeset properly.
22421 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22422 resulting in an overfull line.
22423 To avoid this, use the menu
22425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22428 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22431 \begin_layout Standard
22432 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22436 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22441 \begin_layout Standard
22442 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22443 name "LyX-Homepage"
22444 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22451 \begin_layout Standard
22452 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22462 \begin_layout Itemize
22463 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22464 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22478 \begin_layout Itemize
22479 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22482 \begin_layout Section
22484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22490 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22491 name "sec:Appendices"
22498 \begin_layout Standard
22499 Appendices are created with the menu
22501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22503 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22507 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22508 as appendix region.
22509 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22512 \begin_layout Standard
22513 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22514 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22515 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22516 and the subsection number.
22517 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22521 \begin_layout Standard
22522 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22524 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22525 reference "cha:Credits"
22529 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22531 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22532 reference "sub:Export"
22539 \begin_layout Section
22541 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22542 name "Bibliography"
22547 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22548 name "sec:Bibliography"
22555 \begin_layout Standard
22556 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22557 You can include a bibliography database
22561 \begin_layout Standard
22562 Known under the name
22563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22575 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22577 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22581 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22583 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22584 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22591 \begin_layout Standard
22596 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22598 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22607 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22609 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22618 , a short form of its title, as key.
22621 \begin_layout Standard
22622 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22627 or the toobar button
22628 \begin_inset Graphics
22629 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22630 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22635 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22636 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22637 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22638 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22642 \begin_layout Standard
22643 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22644 with surrounding brackets.
22649 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22650 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22662 \begin_layout Standard
22665 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22668 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22669 key "latexcompanion"
22676 \begin_layout Standard
22677 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22678 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22686 \begin_layout Subsection
22687 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22688 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22689 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22694 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22695 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22700 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22701 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22708 \begin_layout Standard
22709 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22711 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
22713 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22714 your working field in a database.
22715 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22716 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22719 \begin_layout Standard
22720 The database is a text file with the file extension
22721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22732 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22733 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22734 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22735 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22740 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22744 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22745 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22751 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22754 \begin_layout Standard
22755 To use a database, use the menu
22757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22762 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22767 \begin_layout Standard
22778 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22779 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22782 \begin_layout Standard
22783 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22795 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22796 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22797 take care of the layout.
22800 \begin_layout Standard
22801 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22805 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22811 \begin_layout Standard
22812 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22814 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22825 \begin_layout Standard
22840 \begin_layout Standard
22851 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22866 \begin_layout Standard
22867 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22868 the two methods of creating them.
22869 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22870 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22871 We used the style file
22875 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22878 \begin_layout Subsection
22879 Bibliography layout
22880 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22881 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22888 \begin_layout Standard
22889 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22890 For this feature you need to use the option
22896 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22900 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22901 name "Document ! Settings"
22910 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22911 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22912 in the previous section.
22915 \begin_layout Standard
22916 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22917 in the citation reference window.
22918 Here an example where we set the text
22919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22922 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22927 to appear after the reference:
22930 \begin_layout Standard
22932 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22934 key "latexcompanion"
22941 \begin_layout Section
22943 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22944 name "Index generation"
22949 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22957 \begin_layout Standard
22958 An index entry is created if you use the menu
22960 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22964 or the toolbar button
22965 \begin_inset Graphics
22966 filename ../images/index-insert.png
22967 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22984 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
22985 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
22986 by LyX as index entry.
22989 \begin_layout Standard
22990 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22993 \begin_layout Standard
22998 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
22999 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
23004 Therefore you cannot insert
23007 \begin_layout Standard
23013 \begin_layout Standard
23014 to an index entry field, because the
23015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23022 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
23024 The correct entry is
23027 \begin_layout Standard
23035 \begin_layout Standard
23036 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23037 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23038 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23039 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23041 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23042 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23049 \begin_layout Standard
23050 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23053 \begin_layout Standard
23054 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23059 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23064 A light blue box labeled
23065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23076 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23077 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23080 \begin_layout Subsection
23081 Grouping Index Entries
23082 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23083 name "Index ! Grouping"
23090 \begin_layout Standard
23091 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23093 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23094 lists under the entry
23095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23103 First we create the entry
23104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23111 in section\InsetSpace ~
23113 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23114 reference "sub:Lists"
23119 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23121 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23122 reference "sec:Itemize"
23126 , we insert the command
23129 \begin_layout Standard
23135 \begin_layout Standard
23139 \begin_layout Standard
23145 \begin_layout Standard
23146 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23148 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23149 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23156 \begin_layout Standard
23157 The exclamation mark
23158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23165 marks the grouping levels.
23166 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23167 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23168 If we don't have an index entry for
23169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23176 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23179 \begin_layout Subsection
23181 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23182 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23189 \begin_layout Standard
23190 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23192 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23193 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23194 in section\InsetSpace ~
23196 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23197 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23204 \begin_layout Standard
23207 Paragraph environments|(
23210 \begin_layout Standard
23211 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23213 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23214 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23221 \begin_layout Standard
23224 Paragraph environments|)
23227 \begin_layout Standard
23229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23252 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23253 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23254 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23255 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23256 An example is the index entry
23257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23260 Document ! Settings
23261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23267 \begin_layout Subsection
23269 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23270 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23277 \begin_layout Standard
23278 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23279 We referred for example in the index entry
23280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23287 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23289 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23290 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23294 ) to the index entry
23295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23302 in the same section using the command
23305 \begin_layout Standard
23308 GIF|see{Image formats}
23311 \begin_layout Standard
23312 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23313 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23316 \begin_layout Subsection
23318 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23319 name "Index ! Entry order"
23326 \begin_layout Standard
23327 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23328 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23329 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23333 \begin_layout Standard
23334 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23335 section\InsetSpace ~
23337 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23338 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23347 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23348 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23373 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23374 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23379 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23380 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23385 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23386 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23390 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23391 order maïs, maison, maître.
23392 To achieve this, we use the command
23395 \begin_layout Standard
23398 previous entry@current entry
23401 \begin_layout Standard
23402 In our case we want to have
23403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23418 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23421 \begin_layout Standard
23427 \begin_layout Standard
23428 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23429 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23433 \begin_layout Subsection
23435 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23436 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23443 \begin_layout Standard
23444 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23445 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23448 \begin_layout Standard
23453 textit{This is an italic entry}
23456 \begin_layout Standard
23463 produces the italic layout.
23464 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23465 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23469 We refer to LaTeX books (
23470 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23471 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23475 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23476 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23477 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23481 \begin_layout Standard
23486 textit{This is an italic entry}
23489 \begin_layout Standard
23490 You can also format the page number using the character
23491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23498 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23499 We can write for example
23502 \begin_layout Standard
23505 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23508 \begin_layout Standard
23509 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23510 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23511 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23515 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23532 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23536 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23538 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23539 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23543 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23546 \begin_layout Standard
23547 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23549 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23550 for all index entries.
23553 \begin_layout Subsection
23555 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23556 name "Index ! Program"
23561 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23562 name "sub:Index-Program"
23569 \begin_layout Standard
23570 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23575 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
23576 see section\InsetSpace ~
23578 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23579 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
23584 The available options are listed and explained in
23585 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23593 \begin_layout Standard
23594 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23602 \begin_layout Section
23603 Nomenclature / Glossary
23604 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23605 name "Nomenclature"
23610 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23611 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23616 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23617 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23624 \begin_layout Standard
23625 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23626 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23630 \begin_layout Standard
23631 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23634 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23635 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23642 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23643 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23648 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23651 \begin_layout Standard
23652 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23653 and then use the menu
23655 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23660 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23663 or the toobar button
23664 \begin_inset Graphics
23665 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23683 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23686 \begin_layout Standard
23687 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23688 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23689 The second is the description of the symbol.
23692 \begin_layout Standard
23693 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23696 \begin_layout Standard
23701 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23702 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23710 \begin_layout Subsection
23711 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23712 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23713 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23720 \begin_layout Standard
23721 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23725 field as LaTeX-formula.
23727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23731 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23756 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23757 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23769 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23779 \begin_layout Standard
23780 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23782 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23783 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23790 \begin_layout Standard
23796 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23797 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23802 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23809 in this document is:
23813 dummy entry for the character
23835 font use the command
23864 \begin_layout Subsection
23865 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23866 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23867 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23874 \begin_layout Standard
23875 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23876 the symbol definition.
23877 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23878 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23881 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23883 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
23890 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23894 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23897 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23902 They will be sorted by
23903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23929 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23932 will be sorted before the
23936 since the character
23937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23944 is considered in sorting.
23947 \begin_layout Standard
23948 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23953 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23954 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23956 For the given example, you can insert
23960 to this field for the
23961 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23968 will be located before
23969 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23975 \begin_layout Standard
23976 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23981 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23989 \begin_layout Subsection
23990 Nomenclature Options
23991 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23992 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
23999 \begin_layout Standard
24004 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
24005 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24008 \begin_layout Description
24009 refeq Appends the phrase
24010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24025 to every nomenclature entry, where
24031 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24034 \begin_layout Description
24035 refpage Appends the phrase
24036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24051 to every nomenclature entry, where
24057 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24060 \begin_layout Description
24061 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24064 \begin_layout Standard
24065 There are furthermore the options
24109 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24113 \begin_layout Standard
24114 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24115 class options list in the
24117 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24121 In this document the options
24132 \begin_layout Standard
24133 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24139 \begin_layout Standard
24140 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24141 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24146 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24149 \begin_layout Description
24159 \begin_layout Description
24162 nomrefpage Like the
24169 \begin_layout Description
24172 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24181 \begin_layout Description
24184 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24187 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24190 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24193 \begin_layout Subsection
24194 Printing the Nomenclature
24195 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24196 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24203 \begin_layout Standard
24204 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24206 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24209 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24213 A light blue box labeled
24214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24225 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24226 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24229 \begin_layout Standard
24230 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24239 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24247 For example, in order to change the name to
24251 , add the following line to the preamble:
24254 \begin_layout Standard
24262 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24265 \begin_layout Standard
24266 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24272 \begin_layout Standard
24273 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24274 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24285 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24288 \begin_layout Standard
24291 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24293 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24294 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24299 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24303 \begin_layout Section
24305 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24312 name "Document ! Branches"
24317 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24318 name "sec:Branches"
24325 \begin_layout Standard
24326 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24327 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24328 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24329 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24332 \begin_layout Standard
24333 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24334 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24335 To create a branch, go in the
24337 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24345 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24346 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24349 \begin_layout Standard
24350 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24351 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24356 where you can choose a branch.
24357 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24360 \begin_layout Standard
24361 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24362 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24365 \begin_layout Standard
24366 \begin_inset Branch Question
24369 \begin_layout Standard
24370 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24378 \begin_layout Standard
24379 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24382 \begin_layout Standard
24383 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24391 \begin_layout Standard
24392 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24398 \begin_layout Standard
24399 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
24400 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
24402 For example you can define for the question branch
24406 \begin_layout Standard
24407 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section\InsetSpace ~
24409 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24410 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24432 \begin_layout Standard
24442 \begin_layout Standard
24443 and for the answer branch
24446 \begin_layout Standard
24456 \begin_layout Standard
24466 \begin_layout Standard
24467 \begin_inset Branch Question
24470 \begin_layout Standard
24474 \begin_layout Standard
24483 \begin_layout Standard
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24506 \begin_layout Standard
24510 \begin_layout Standard
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24538 \begin_layout Standard
24539 Now it is possible to use the commands
24543 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
24550 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
24553 to obtain conditional output.
24554 Here is an example formula where only the
24561 \begin_inset Formula \[
24562 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
24569 \begin_layout Standard
24570 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section\InsetSpace ~
24572 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24573 reference "sec:math-macros"
24580 \begin_layout Section
24581 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24582 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24590 \begin_layout Subsection
24592 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24598 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24599 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24606 \begin_layout Standard
24607 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24608 constructs, but not all.
24609 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24610 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24611 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24612 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24613 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24614 and their commands.
24617 \begin_layout Standard
24618 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24628 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24629 An ERT box is created by the menu
24631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24634 or by the toolbar button
24635 \begin_inset Graphics
24636 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24641 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24654 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24655 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24666 \begin_layout Standard
24667 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24668 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24669 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24676 , you can write the command part
24682 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24686 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24687 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24691 \begin_layout Standard
24692 \begin_inset Graphics
24693 filename clipart/ERT.png
24701 \begin_layout Standard
24705 \begin_layout Standard
24706 This is a line with a
24710 \begin_layout Standard
24723 \begin_layout Standard
24733 \begin_layout Standard
24734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24737 \begin_layout Standard
24742 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24743 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24751 \begin_layout Subsection
24752 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24753 \begin_inset OptArg
24756 \begin_layout Standard
24763 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24764 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24769 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24770 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24778 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24779 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24780 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24789 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24790 every time if you know the right commands.
24792 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24793 the end of the day.
24794 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24795 all caption labels bold.
24796 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24798 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24801 \begin_layout Standard
24802 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24803 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24804 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24806 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24814 \begin_layout Standard
24815 As result you know that the package
24820 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24821 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24826 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24834 \begin_layout Standard
24839 usepackage[options]{package name}
24842 \begin_layout Standard
24843 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24844 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24845 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24848 \begin_layout Standard
24849 In your case the package name is
24854 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24859 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24860 So you add the command
24863 \begin_layout Standard
24868 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24871 \begin_layout Standard
24872 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24876 \begin_layout Standard
24877 For more commands provided by the
24881 package, have a look at its documentation,
24882 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24895 \begin_layout Standard
24896 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24898 For example if you use a
24902 class, you don't need the package
24906 , you can instead write
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24914 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24919 \begin_layout Standard
24920 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24921 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24922 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24929 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24932 \begin_layout Standard
24933 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24934 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24936 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24940 \begin_layout Standard
24941 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24943 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24944 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24952 \begin_layout Section
24953 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24954 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24955 name "Instant preview"
24960 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24961 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24966 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24967 name "Document ! Preview"
24974 \begin_layout Standard
24975 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24976 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24977 to break your train of thought with
24979 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24985 \begin_layout Standard
24986 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24987 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24990 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24991 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24997 as explained below, and turn on
24999 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25004 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25011 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25017 \begin_layout Standard
25018 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
25020 Previews of an already loaded document are
25024 generated just by selecting the
25026 Instant\InsetSpace ~
25029 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
25032 \begin_layout Standard
25033 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
25034 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
25039 check box in the insert dialog.
25040 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
25044 \begin_layout Standard
25045 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
25049 (on some systems named simply
25054 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25056 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25061 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25062 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
25070 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
25074 \begin_layout Standard
25075 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25081 \begin_layout Standard
25082 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
25086 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25090 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
25091 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
25093 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
25094 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
25095 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
25096 the source view window.
25099 \begin_layout Section
25101 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25102 name "sec:Spellchecking"
25107 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25108 name "Spell checking"
25115 \begin_layout Standard
25116 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
25117 Rather it uses one of the external programs
25134 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
25140 can be seen as successor of
25144 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
25149 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
25150 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25159 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
25160 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
25167 \begin_layout Standard
25170 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25173 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
25174 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
25175 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
25176 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
25177 scrolled so that it is visible.
25182 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25184 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25188 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25189 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25192 \begin_layout Standard
25193 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25196 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25200 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25201 will bring an error message.
25202 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25203 specifying a different
25205 Alternative language
25207 in preferences dialog.
25210 \begin_layout Standard
25211 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25214 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25218 \begin_layout Standard
25219 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25220 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25222 But you can use the
25231 \begin_layout Standard
25232 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25233 This does work with
25237 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25240 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25244 \begin_layout Standard
25249 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25252 \begin_layout Description
25253 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25254 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25255 checker should consider, e.g.
25256 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25257 This should not normally be needed.
25260 \begin_layout Description
25261 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25262 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25263 choice as your personal dictionary
25266 \begin_layout Description
25267 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25268 compound\InsetSpace ~
25269 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25281 \begin_layout Description
25284 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25286 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25293 also for the spellchecker.
25297 \begin_layout Standard
25298 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25300 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25301 reference "sub:Settings"
25310 Only enable this if you use
25314 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25315 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25316 so this is disabled by default.
25319 \begin_layout Section
25321 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25327 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25328 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25335 \begin_layout Standard
25336 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25339 \begin_layout Standard
25340 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25343 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25346 or the toolbar button
25347 \begin_inset Graphics
25348 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25349 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25350 rotateOrigin center
25355 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25359 \begin_layout Standard
25360 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25361 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25362 cases to find related words.
25365 \begin_layout Standard
25366 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25368 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25376 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25385 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25404 \begin_layout Section
25406 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25407 name "Change Tracking"
25412 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25413 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25418 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25419 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25427 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25428 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25429 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25430 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25432 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25433 Change\InsetSpace ~
25434 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25441 \begin_layout Standard
25442 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25451 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25462 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25463 name "Color ! LyX screen"
25470 \begin_layout Standard
25471 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25472 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25473 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25480 \begin_layout Standard
25481 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25487 \begin_layout Standard
25488 \begin_inset Graphics
25489 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25496 \begin_layout Standard
25497 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25503 \begin_layout Standard
25504 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25508 \begin_layout Standard
25509 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25516 \begin_inset Tabular
25517 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25518 <features islongtable="true">
25519 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25520 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25526 \begin_inset Graphics
25527 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25529 rotateOrigin center
25538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25541 \begin_layout Standard
25544 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25545 Change\InsetSpace ~
25546 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25554 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25558 \begin_layout Standard
25559 \begin_inset Graphics
25560 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25561 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25562 rotateOrigin center
25571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25574 \begin_layout Standard
25577 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25578 Change\InsetSpace ~
25579 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25581 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25593 \begin_layout Standard
25594 \begin_inset Graphics
25595 filename ../images/change-next.png
25596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25597 rotateOrigin center
25606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25609 \begin_layout Standard
25610 Jumps to the next change
25616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25620 \begin_layout Standard
25621 \begin_inset Graphics
25622 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25624 rotateOrigin center
25633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25636 \begin_layout Standard
25639 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25640 Change\InsetSpace ~
25641 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25642 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25649 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25653 \begin_layout Standard
25654 \begin_inset Graphics
25655 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25656 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25657 rotateOrigin center
25666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25669 \begin_layout Standard
25672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25673 Change\InsetSpace ~
25674 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25675 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25682 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25686 \begin_layout Standard
25687 \begin_inset Graphics
25688 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25689 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25690 rotateOrigin center
25699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25705 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25706 Change\InsetSpace ~
25707 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25715 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25720 \begin_inset Graphics
25721 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25722 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25723 rotateOrigin center
25732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25738 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25739 Change\InsetSpace ~
25740 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25741 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25749 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25753 \begin_layout Standard
25754 \begin_inset Graphics
25755 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25756 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25757 rotateOrigin center
25766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25769 \begin_layout Standard
25772 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25773 Change\InsetSpace ~
25774 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25775 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25783 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25787 \begin_layout Standard
25788 \begin_inset Graphics
25789 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25790 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25791 rotateOrigin center
25800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25803 \begin_layout Standard
25806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25807 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25819 \begin_layout Standard
25820 \begin_inset Graphics
25821 filename ../images/note-next.png
25822 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25823 rotateOrigin center
25832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25838 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25860 \begin_layout Standard
25861 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25862 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25863 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25864 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25865 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25866 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25867 step to the next change.
25868 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25871 \begin_layout Standard
25872 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25873 to describe a change.
25876 \begin_layout Standard
25877 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25880 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25881 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25888 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25889 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25894 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25897 \begin_layout Section
25898 International Support
25899 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25900 name "International support"
25907 \begin_layout Standard
25908 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25909 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25910 how to set up LyX to use them:
25911 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25912 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25919 \begin_layout Standard
25920 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25922 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25923 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25930 \begin_layout Subsection
25932 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25933 name "Language ! Options"
25938 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25939 name "Document ! Settings"
25944 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25945 name "Document ! Language"
25952 \begin_layout Standard
25955 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25958 dialog lets you set
25960 the language and character encoding for your language.
25964 \begin_layout Standard
25965 Choose your language in the
25969 section of this dialog.
25977 \begin_layout Standard
25982 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
25986 use language's default encoding
25988 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
25989 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
25991 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25992 reference "sub:Settings"
25999 \begin_layout Subsection
26000 Keyboard mapping configuration
26003 \begin_layout Standard
26004 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
26005 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
26006 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
26007 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
26008 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
26009 see section\InsetSpace ~
26011 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26012 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
26017 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
26018 which one you want to use.
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26022 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
26023 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
26024 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
26025 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
26026 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
26027 one to support the characters you want.
26028 This and much more customizations are explained in the
26035 \begin_layout Subsection
26037 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26045 \begin_layout Standard
26048 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
26049 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
26058 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
26062 \begin_layout Standard
26063 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
26064 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
26072 \begin_layout Itemize
26073 Even if you have selected
26079 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26082 dialog, users who have only the
26086 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
26090 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
26091 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
26092 french quotes won't show up.
26095 \begin_layout Standard
26096 \begin_inset Float table
26101 \begin_layout Standard
26102 \begin_inset Caption
26104 \begin_layout Standard
26105 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
26106 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
26122 \begin_layout Standard
26124 \begin_inset Tabular
26125 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
26127 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26128 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
26143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
26144 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
26145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26148 \begin_layout Standard
26154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26157 \begin_layout Standard
26172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26175 \begin_layout Standard
26190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26193 \begin_layout Standard
26208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26229 \begin_layout Standard
26244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26247 \begin_layout Standard
26262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26265 \begin_layout Standard
26280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26283 \begin_layout Standard
26298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26301 \begin_layout Standard
26316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26319 \begin_layout Standard
26334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26337 \begin_layout Standard
26352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26355 \begin_layout Standard
26370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26373 \begin_layout Standard
26388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26409 \begin_layout Standard
26424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26427 \begin_layout Standard
26443 <row topline="true">
26444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26474 \begin_layout Standard
26480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26483 \begin_layout Standard
26489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26492 \begin_layout Standard
26506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26509 \begin_layout Standard
26523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26526 \begin_layout Standard
26540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26543 \begin_layout Standard
26557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26577 \begin_layout Standard
26583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26595 \begin_layout Standard
26601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26604 \begin_layout Standard
26618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26621 \begin_layout Standard
26635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26638 \begin_layout Standard
26652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26655 \begin_layout Standard
26669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26672 \begin_layout Standard
26687 <row topline="true">
26688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26691 \begin_layout Standard
26706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26709 \begin_layout Standard
26715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26718 \begin_layout Standard
26724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26727 \begin_layout Standard
26741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26744 \begin_layout Standard
26758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26778 \begin_layout Standard
26792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26795 \begin_layout Standard
26809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26812 \begin_layout Standard
26826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26847 \begin_layout Standard
26861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26864 \begin_layout Standard
26878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26881 \begin_layout Standard
26895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26898 \begin_layout Standard
26912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26932 \begin_layout Standard
26947 <row topline="true">
26948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26951 \begin_layout Standard
26966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26969 \begin_layout Standard
26975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26987 \begin_layout Standard
26996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27007 \begin_layout Standard
27021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27024 \begin_layout Standard
27038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27041 \begin_layout Standard
27055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27058 \begin_layout Standard
27072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27092 \begin_layout Standard
27098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27101 \begin_layout Standard
27107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27110 \begin_layout Standard
27116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27136 \begin_layout Standard
27150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27153 \begin_layout Standard
27167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27170 \begin_layout Standard
27184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27202 <row topline="true">
27203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27206 \begin_layout Standard
27221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27224 \begin_layout Standard
27230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27233 \begin_layout Standard
27239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27242 \begin_layout Standard
27256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27259 \begin_layout Standard
27273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27276 \begin_layout Standard
27290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27310 \begin_layout Standard
27324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27327 \begin_layout Standard
27341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27344 \begin_layout Standard
27350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27362 \begin_layout Standard
27376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27379 \begin_layout Standard
27393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27396 \begin_layout Standard
27410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27413 \begin_layout Standard
27427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27430 \begin_layout Standard
27444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27462 <row topline="true">
27463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27466 \begin_layout Standard
27481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27484 \begin_layout Standard
27490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27493 \begin_layout Standard
27499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27519 \begin_layout Standard
27533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27604 \begin_layout Standard
27610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27622 \begin_layout Standard
27628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27631 \begin_layout Standard
27645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27665 \begin_layout Standard
27679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27682 \begin_layout Standard
27696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27714 <row topline="true">
27715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27736 \begin_layout Standard
27742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27745 \begin_layout Standard
27751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27754 \begin_layout Standard
27768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27771 \begin_layout Standard
27785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27788 \begin_layout Standard
27802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27822 \begin_layout Standard
27836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27839 \begin_layout Standard
27853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27856 \begin_layout Standard
27862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27865 \begin_layout Standard
27871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27883 \begin_layout Standard
27897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27900 \begin_layout Standard
27914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27917 \begin_layout Standard
27931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27934 \begin_layout Standard
27948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27966 <row topline="true">
27967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27970 \begin_layout Standard
27985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27988 \begin_layout Standard
27994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27997 \begin_layout Standard
28003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28006 \begin_layout Standard
28020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28023 \begin_layout Standard
28037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28040 \begin_layout Standard
28054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28057 \begin_layout Standard
28071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28074 \begin_layout Standard
28088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28108 \begin_layout Standard
28114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28117 \begin_layout Standard
28123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28126 \begin_layout Standard
28132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28135 \begin_layout Standard
28149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28152 \begin_layout Standard
28166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28169 \begin_layout Standard
28183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28186 \begin_layout Standard
28200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28203 \begin_layout Standard
28218 <row topline="true">
28219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28222 \begin_layout Standard
28237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28249 \begin_layout Standard
28255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28258 \begin_layout Standard
28272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28275 \begin_layout Standard
28289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28292 \begin_layout Standard
28306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28309 \begin_layout Standard
28323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28326 \begin_layout Standard
28340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28343 \begin_layout Standard
28357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28369 \begin_layout Standard
28375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28395 \begin_layout Standard
28409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28412 \begin_layout Standard
28426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28429 \begin_layout Standard
28443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28446 \begin_layout Standard
28460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28463 \begin_layout Standard
28478 <row topline="true">
28479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28482 \begin_layout Standard
28497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28500 \begin_layout Standard
28506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28509 \begin_layout Standard
28515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28518 \begin_layout Standard
28532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28535 \begin_layout Standard
28549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28552 \begin_layout Standard
28566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28569 \begin_layout Standard
28583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28586 \begin_layout Standard
28600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28603 \begin_layout Standard
28617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28620 \begin_layout Standard
28626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28629 \begin_layout Standard
28635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28638 \begin_layout Standard
28652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28655 \begin_layout Standard
28669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28672 \begin_layout Standard
28686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28706 \begin_layout Standard
28720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28723 \begin_layout Standard
28738 <row topline="true">
28739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28742 \begin_layout Standard
28757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28760 \begin_layout Standard
28766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28778 \begin_layout Standard
28792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28795 \begin_layout Standard
28809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28812 \begin_layout Standard
28826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28829 \begin_layout Standard
28843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28846 \begin_layout Standard
28860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28863 \begin_layout Standard
28877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28880 \begin_layout Standard
28886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28889 \begin_layout Standard
28895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28898 \begin_layout Standard
28912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28915 \begin_layout Standard
28929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28932 \begin_layout Standard
28946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28949 \begin_layout Standard
28963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28966 \begin_layout Standard
28980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28983 \begin_layout Standard
28998 <row topline="true">
28999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29002 \begin_layout Standard
29017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29020 \begin_layout Standard
29026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29029 \begin_layout Standard
29035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29038 \begin_layout Standard
29052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29055 \begin_layout Standard
29069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29072 \begin_layout Standard
29086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29089 \begin_layout Standard
29103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29106 \begin_layout Standard
29120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29123 \begin_layout Standard
29137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29140 \begin_layout Standard
29146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29149 \begin_layout Standard
29155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29158 \begin_layout Standard
29172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29192 \begin_layout Standard
29206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29209 \begin_layout Standard
29223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29226 \begin_layout Standard
29240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29243 \begin_layout Standard
29258 <row topline="true">
29259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29262 \begin_layout Standard
29277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29280 \begin_layout Standard
29286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29289 \begin_layout Standard
29295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29298 \begin_layout Standard
29312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29315 \begin_layout Standard
29329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29332 \begin_layout Standard
29346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29349 \begin_layout Standard
29363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29366 \begin_layout Standard
29380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29383 \begin_layout Standard
29397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29400 \begin_layout Standard
29406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29409 \begin_layout Standard
29415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29418 \begin_layout Standard
29432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29435 \begin_layout Standard
29449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29452 \begin_layout Standard
29466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29469 \begin_layout Standard
29483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29486 \begin_layout Standard
29500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29503 \begin_layout Standard
29518 <row topline="true">
29519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29522 \begin_layout Standard
29537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29540 \begin_layout Standard
29546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29549 \begin_layout Standard
29555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29558 \begin_layout Standard
29572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29575 \begin_layout Standard
29589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29592 \begin_layout Standard
29606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29609 \begin_layout Standard
29625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29628 \begin_layout Standard
29642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29645 \begin_layout Standard
29659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29662 \begin_layout Standard
29668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29671 \begin_layout Standard
29677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29680 \begin_layout Standard
29694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29697 \begin_layout Standard
29711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29714 \begin_layout Standard
29728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29731 \begin_layout Standard
29745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29748 \begin_layout Standard
29762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29780 <row topline="true">
29781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29784 \begin_layout Standard
29799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29802 \begin_layout Standard
29808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29811 \begin_layout Standard
29817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29820 \begin_layout Standard
29834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29837 \begin_layout Standard
29851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29854 \begin_layout Standard
29868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29871 \begin_layout Standard
29885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29888 \begin_layout Standard
29902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29905 \begin_layout Standard
29919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29922 \begin_layout Standard
29928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29931 \begin_layout Standard
29937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29940 \begin_layout Standard
29946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29949 \begin_layout Standard
29963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29966 \begin_layout Standard
29980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29983 \begin_layout Standard
29997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30000 \begin_layout Standard
30014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30017 \begin_layout Standard
30032 <row topline="true">
30033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30036 \begin_layout Standard
30051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30054 \begin_layout Standard
30060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30063 \begin_layout Standard
30069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30072 \begin_layout Standard
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Standard
30103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Standard
30120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30123 \begin_layout Standard
30137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Standard
30154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30157 \begin_layout Standard
30171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30174 \begin_layout Standard
30180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30183 \begin_layout Standard
30189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30192 \begin_layout Standard
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Standard
30223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Standard
30240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30243 \begin_layout Standard
30257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Standard
30274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30277 \begin_layout Standard
30292 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Standard
30311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30314 \begin_layout Standard
30320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30323 \begin_layout Standard
30329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30332 \begin_layout Standard
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Standard
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Standard
30380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30383 \begin_layout Standard
30397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Standard
30414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30417 \begin_layout Standard
30423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30426 \begin_layout Standard
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Standard
30441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30444 \begin_layout Standard
30458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30461 \begin_layout Standard
30475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30478 \begin_layout Standard
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Standard
30509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30512 \begin_layout Standard
30526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30529 \begin_layout Standard
30556 \begin_layout Standard
30557 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30559 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30560 also the characters from
30572 \begin_layout Itemize
30581 \begin_layout Standard
30582 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30587 \begin_layout Standard
30588 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30593 \begin_layout Standard
30594 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30599 \begin_layout Standard
30600 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30605 \begin_layout Standard
30611 \begin_layout Standard
30617 \begin_layout Standard
30624 \begin_layout Itemize
30637 \begin_layout Standard
30643 \begin_layout Standard
30649 \begin_layout Standard
30655 \begin_layout Standard
30661 \begin_layout Standard
30667 \begin_layout Standard
30674 \begin_layout Standard
30675 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30676 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30677 Also make sure you're using the
30684 \begin_layout Chapter
30687 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30688 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30695 \begin_layout Standard
30696 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30697 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30698 inside the user's guide.
30701 \begin_layout Section
30703 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30711 \begin_layout Standard
30716 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30717 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30720 \begin_layout Subsection
30724 \begin_layout Standard
30725 Creates a new document.
30728 \begin_layout Subsection
30732 \begin_layout Standard
30733 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30734 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30735 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30738 \begin_layout Subsection
30742 \begin_layout Standard
30746 \begin_layout Subsection
30750 \begin_layout Standard
30751 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30752 Click there on a file to open it.
30755 \begin_layout Subsection
30759 \begin_layout Standard
30760 Closes the current document.
30763 \begin_layout Subsection
30767 \begin_layout Standard
30768 Saves the actual document.
30771 \begin_layout Subsection
30775 \begin_layout Standard
30776 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30779 \begin_layout Subsection
30783 \begin_layout Standard
30784 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30787 \begin_layout Subsection
30791 \begin_layout Standard
30792 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30793 It is described in the section
30795 Version Control in LyX
30799 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30805 \begin_layout Subsection
30809 \begin_layout Standard
30810 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30811 text files (ASCII-files).
30812 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30815 \begin_layout Standard
30816 When using the menu
30819 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30822 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30823 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30824 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30825 will start a new paragraph.
30828 \begin_layout Subsection
30830 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30838 \begin_layout Standard
30839 You can export your document to various file formats.
30840 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30841 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30842 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30845 \begin_layout Standard
30846 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30847 section\InsetSpace ~
30849 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30850 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30857 \begin_layout Description
30863 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30864 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30867 \begin_layout Description
30875 \begin_layout Description
30876 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30880 \begin_layout Description
30883 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30888 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30896 \begin_layout Description
30903 \begin_layout Standard
30913 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30914 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30918 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30921 \begin_layout Description
30928 \begin_layout Standard
30938 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30939 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30947 \begin_layout Description
30949 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30957 is replaced by the version number)
30960 \begin_layout Description
30961 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30974 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30978 \begin_layout Description
30983 PDF-format using the program
30988 \begin_layout Description
30994 PDF-format using the program
30999 \begin_layout Description
31005 PDF-format using the program
31010 \begin_layout Description
31019 \begin_layout Description
31026 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
31027 and then exported as text using the program
31032 \begin_layout Description
31037 PostScript format using the program
31042 \begin_layout Description
31050 \begin_layout Standard
31055 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
31056 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
31062 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
31065 \begin_layout Standard
31066 If one of the menu entries
31079 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31080 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31082 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31083 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31088 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31089 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31096 \begin_layout Standard
31101 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
31102 the export program.
31105 \begin_layout Subsection
31109 \begin_layout Standard
31110 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
31111 or send it to a printer.
31112 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
31113 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
31119 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
31121 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31122 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
31129 \begin_layout Subsection
31130 New and Close Window
31133 \begin_layout Standard
31134 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
31135 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
31138 \begin_layout Section
31140 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31148 \begin_layout Subsection
31152 \begin_layout Standard
31153 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31155 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31156 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
31163 \begin_layout Subsection
31164 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
31167 \begin_layout Standard
31168 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31170 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31171 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31178 \begin_layout Subsection
31182 \begin_layout Standard
31183 Selects the whole document.
31186 \begin_layout Subsection
31190 \begin_layout Standard
31191 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31193 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31194 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31201 \begin_layout Subsection
31202 Move paragraph Up/Down
31205 \begin_layout Standard
31206 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31210 \begin_layout Subsection
31214 \begin_layout Standard
31215 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31217 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31218 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31225 \begin_layout Subsection
31227 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31228 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31235 \begin_layout Standard
31236 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31238 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31241 \begin_layout Standard
31242 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31243 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31246 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31257 \begin_layout Subsection
31261 \begin_layout Standard
31262 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31263 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31264 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31266 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31267 reference "sec:Tables"
31271 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31273 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31274 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31281 \begin_layout Subsection
31282 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31285 \begin_layout Standard
31286 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31288 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31290 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31291 reference "sec:Nesting"
31296 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31297 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31304 \begin_layout Section
31306 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31314 \begin_layout Standard
31319 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31320 document with an external program.
31321 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31322 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31323 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31325 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31326 reference "sub:Export"
31331 You should at least see the menu entries
31341 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31342 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31344 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31345 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31350 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31351 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31358 \begin_layout Standard
31359 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31360 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31362 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31363 reference "sec:File-Formats"
31368 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31371 \begin_layout Standard
31372 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31375 At the bottom of the
31379 menu the opened documents are listed.
31382 \begin_layout Subsection
31386 \begin_layout Standard
31387 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31388 in section\InsetSpace ~
31390 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31391 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31398 \begin_layout Subsection
31402 \begin_layout Standard
31403 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31404 opening a new view window.
31407 \begin_layout Subsection
31409 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31410 name "sub:Toolbars"
31415 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31423 \begin_layout Standard
31424 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31425 All toolbars and the
31427 Command\InsetSpace ~
31430 can be turned on and off.
31435 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31453 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31457 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31464 \begin_layout Standard
31469 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31473 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31474 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31475 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31476 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31477 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31480 \begin_layout Standard
31481 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31483 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31484 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31491 \begin_layout Section
31493 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31494 name "Menu ! Insert"
31501 \begin_layout Subsection
31505 \begin_layout Standard
31506 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31508 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31509 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31516 \begin_layout Subsection
31518 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31519 name "sub:Special-Character"
31526 \begin_layout Standard
31527 Here you can insert the following characters:
31530 \begin_layout Description
31531 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31535 \begin_layout Description
31538 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31540 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31541 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31548 \begin_layout Description
31549 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31550 Quote Inserts this quote:
31551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31554 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31556 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31566 \begin_layout Description
31567 Single\InsetSpace ~
31568 Quote Inserts this quote:
31569 \begin_inset Quotes els
31575 \begin_layout Description
31577 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31581 \begin_layout Description
31582 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31584 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31585 name "Phonetic symbols"
31590 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31591 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31595 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31596 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31597 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31602 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31603 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31609 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31613 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31620 and this Wiki-page:
31623 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31624 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31631 \begin_layout Subsection
31635 \begin_layout Standard
31636 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31639 \begin_layout Description
31640 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31641 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31647 \begin_layout Description
31648 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31649 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31655 \begin_layout Description
31656 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31657 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31659 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31660 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31667 \begin_layout Description
31668 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31669 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31671 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31672 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31679 \begin_layout Description
31681 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31683 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31684 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31691 \begin_layout Description
31692 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31693 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31695 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31696 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31703 \begin_layout Description
31704 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31705 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31707 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31708 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31715 \begin_layout Description
31716 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31717 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31719 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31720 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31727 \begin_layout Description
31728 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31729 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31731 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31732 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31739 \begin_layout Description
31740 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31741 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31743 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31744 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31751 \begin_layout Description
31753 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31755 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31756 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31763 \begin_layout Description
31765 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31767 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31768 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31775 \begin_layout Description
31777 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31779 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31780 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31787 \begin_layout Description
31789 Double\InsetSpace ~
31790 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31792 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31793 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31800 \begin_layout Subsection
31804 \begin_layout Standard
31805 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31806 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31807 in section\InsetSpace ~
31809 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31810 reference "sec:toc"
31815 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31817 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31818 reference "sec:Index"
31822 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31824 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31825 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31829 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31831 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31832 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31839 \begin_layout Subsection
31843 \begin_layout Standard
31844 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31846 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31847 reference "sec:Floats"
31854 \begin_layout Subsection
31858 \begin_layout Standard
31859 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31861 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31862 reference "sec:Notes"
31869 \begin_layout Subsection
31873 \begin_layout Standard
31874 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31876 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31877 reference "sec:Branches"
31884 \begin_layout Subsection
31886 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31887 name "External Material"
31894 \begin_layout Standard
31895 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31896 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31907 \begin_layout Subsection
31909 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31917 \begin_layout Standard
31918 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31920 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31921 reference "sec:Minipages"
31926 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31937 \begin_layout Subsection
31941 \begin_layout Standard
31942 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31944 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31945 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31952 \begin_layout Subsection
31956 \begin_layout Standard
31957 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31959 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31960 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31967 \begin_layout Subsection
31971 \begin_layout Standard
31972 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31974 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31975 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31982 \begin_layout Subsection
31984 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31990 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31991 name "Longtables ! Caption"
31998 \begin_layout Standard
31999 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
32000 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32002 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32003 reference "sec:Floats"
32007 , cations in longtables are described in section
32018 \begin_layout Subsection
32022 \begin_layout Standard
32023 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32025 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32026 reference "sec:Index"
32033 \begin_layout Subsection
32037 \begin_layout Standard
32038 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32040 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32041 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
32048 \begin_layout Subsection
32052 \begin_layout Standard
32054 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32056 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32057 reference "sec:Tables"
32064 \begin_layout Subsection
32068 \begin_layout Standard
32070 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32072 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32073 reference "sec:Graphics"
32080 \begin_layout Subsection
32084 \begin_layout Standard
32085 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32087 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32088 reference "sec:URL"
32095 \begin_layout Subsection
32099 \begin_layout Standard
32100 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
32102 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32103 reference "sec:Footnotes"
32110 \begin_layout Subsection
32114 \begin_layout Standard
32115 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
32117 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32118 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
32125 \begin_layout Subsection
32129 \begin_layout Standard
32130 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
32132 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32133 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
32140 \begin_layout Subsection
32144 \begin_layout Standard
32145 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
32147 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32148 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
32155 \begin_layout Subsection
32157 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32158 name "Program listings"
32165 \begin_layout Standard
32166 Inserts a program listings box.
32167 Program listings are explained in chapter
32169 Program Code Listings
32178 \begin_layout Subsection
32182 \begin_layout Standard
32183 Inserts the actual date.
32184 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
32186 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32196 There the different methods are also compared.
32199 \begin_layout Section
32201 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32202 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32209 \begin_layout Standard
32210 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32211 the current document.
32212 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32215 \begin_layout Standard
32216 The Navigate menu also offers to
32219 \begin_layout Subsection
32223 \begin_layout Standard
32224 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32225 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32227 between section\InsetSpace ~
32229 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32230 2.5 and use the menu
32234 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32238 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32242 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32246 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32258 \begin_layout Standard
32259 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32260 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32263 \begin_layout Subsection
32264 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32267 \begin_layout Standard
32268 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32272 \begin_layout Subsection
32276 \begin_layout Standard
32277 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32278 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32279 on a cross-reference box.
32282 \begin_layout Section
32284 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32285 name "Menu ! Document"
32292 \begin_layout Subsection
32296 \begin_layout Standard
32297 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32299 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32300 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32307 \begin_layout Subsection
32312 \begin_layout Standard
32322 \begin_layout Standard
32323 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32325 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32328 \begin_layout Standard
32329 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32334 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32337 \begin_layout Subsection
32341 \begin_layout Standard
32342 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32344 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32345 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32352 \begin_layout Subsection
32353 Start Appendix Here
32356 \begin_layout Standard
32357 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32358 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32360 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32361 reference "sec:Appendices"
32368 \begin_layout Subsection
32372 \begin_layout Standard
32373 Un/compresses the actual document.
32376 \begin_layout Subsection
32378 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32379 name "sub:Settings"
32384 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32385 name "Document ! Settings"
32392 \begin_layout Standard
32393 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32395 You can save your document settings as default with the
32397 Save as Document Defaults
32399 button in the dialog.
32400 This will create a template named
32404 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32408 \begin_layout Standard
32409 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32412 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32416 \begin_layout Standard
32417 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32418 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32420 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32421 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32426 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32431 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32432 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32435 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32439 \begin_layout Standard
32440 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32442 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32443 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32450 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32454 \begin_layout Standard
32455 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32457 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32461 \begin_layout Standard
32462 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32463 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32464 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32467 \begin_layout Standard
32468 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32476 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32480 \begin_layout Standard
32481 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32483 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32484 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32489 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32490 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32497 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32501 \begin_layout Standard
32502 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32504 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32505 reference "sub:Margins"
32512 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32515 name "Language ! Encoding"
32522 \begin_layout Standard
32523 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32524 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32525 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32526 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32527 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32528 known for a particular character).
32532 \begin_layout Standard
32533 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32534 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32539 manual for details.
32547 \begin_layout Standard
32548 If you use the option
32550 use language's default encoding
32552 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32554 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32555 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32556 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32557 exactly one encoding.
32558 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32566 \begin_layout Standard
32567 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32568 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32570 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32571 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32584 \begin_layout Standard
32585 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32586 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32587 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32588 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32589 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32590 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32593 use language's default encoding
32595 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32596 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32597 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32600 \begin_layout Standard
32601 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32604 \begin_layout Description
32608 use language's default encoding
32610 , but the LaTeX-package
32615 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32616 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32621 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32624 \begin_layout Description
32625 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32628 \begin_layout Description
32629 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32630 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32633 \begin_layout Description
32634 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32637 \begin_layout Description
32638 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32641 \begin_layout Description
32642 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32645 \begin_layout Description
32646 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32649 \begin_layout Description
32650 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32653 \begin_layout Description
32654 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32655 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32658 \begin_layout Description
32659 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32660 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32663 \begin_layout Description
32664 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32667 \begin_layout Description
32668 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32671 \begin_layout Description
32672 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32675 \begin_layout Description
32676 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32679 \begin_layout Description
32680 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32681 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32682 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32686 \begin_layout Description
32687 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32688 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32691 \begin_layout Description
32692 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32696 \begin_layout Description
32697 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32700 \begin_layout Description
32701 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32702 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32705 \begin_layout Description
32706 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32707 the euro currency sign, the
32711 \begin_layout Standard
32720 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32721 be the replacement for latin1
32724 \begin_layout Description
32725 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32728 \begin_layout Description
32729 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32734 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32735 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32739 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32742 \begin_layout Description
32743 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32747 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32750 \begin_layout Description
32751 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32756 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32757 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32761 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32764 \begin_layout Description
32765 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32769 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32777 \begin_layout Standard
32778 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32779 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32792 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32796 \begin_layout Standard
32797 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32798 in section\InsetSpace ~
32800 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32801 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32808 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32812 \begin_layout Standard
32813 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32816 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32817 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32828 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32829 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32834 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32836 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32837 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32844 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32848 \begin_layout Standard
32849 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32852 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32853 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32862 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32863 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32869 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32872 \begin_layout Standard
32877 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32878 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32881 \begin_layout Standard
32886 is used for special integral characters.
32889 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32893 \begin_layout Standard
32894 The float placement options are described in section
32895 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32899 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32900 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32907 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32911 \begin_layout Standard
32912 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32913 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32915 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32916 reference "sec:Itemize"
32923 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32927 \begin_layout Standard
32928 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32930 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32931 reference "sec:Branches"
32938 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32943 \begin_layout Standard
32953 \begin_layout Standard
32954 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32955 to define LaTeX-commands.
32956 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32957 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32961 \begin_layout Standard
32962 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32964 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32965 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32972 \begin_layout Section
32974 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32975 name "Menu ! Tools"
32982 \begin_layout Subsection
32986 \begin_layout Standard
32987 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32989 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32990 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32997 \begin_layout Subsection
33001 \begin_layout Standard
33002 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33004 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33005 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
33012 \begin_layout Subsection
33014 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33022 \begin_layout Standard
33023 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
33027 \begin_layout Subsection
33032 \begin_layout Standard
33040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33041 name "TeX Information"
33048 \begin_layout Standard
33049 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
33052 \begin_layout Subsection
33054 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33055 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
33060 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33061 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
33068 \begin_layout Standard
33069 This menu reconfigures LyX.
33070 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
33072 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33073 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
33080 \begin_layout Subsection
33084 \begin_layout Standard
33085 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
33086 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
33090 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33091 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
33098 \begin_layout Section
33100 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33108 \begin_layout Standard
33109 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
33113 \begin_layout Standard
33119 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
33120 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
33122 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33123 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
33130 \begin_layout Section
33132 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33133 name "sec:Toolbars"
33140 \begin_layout Standard
33141 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33144 reference "sub:Toolbars"
33151 \begin_layout Standard
33152 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
33153 This is described in the
33161 \begin_layout Subsection
33163 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33164 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
33171 \begin_layout Standard
33172 \begin_inset Graphics
33173 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33181 \begin_layout Standard
33182 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33188 \begin_layout Standard
33189 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33194 \begin_layout Standard
33206 \begin_inset Note Note
33209 \begin_layout Standard
33210 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33215 manual for more information.
33223 \begin_layout Standard
33224 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33230 \begin_layout Standard
33231 \begin_inset Tabular
33232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33233 <features islongtable="true">
33234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Standard
33241 \begin_inset Graphics
33242 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33255 \begin_layout Standard
33256 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33269 \begin_layout Standard
33270 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33276 \begin_layout Standard
33278 \begin_inset Tabular
33279 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33280 <features islongtable="true">
33281 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33282 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33287 \begin_layout Standard
33290 \begin_inset Graphics
33291 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33292 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33304 \begin_layout Standard
33307 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Standard
33319 \begin_inset Graphics
33320 filename ../images/file-open.png
33321 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33333 \begin_layout Standard
33336 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33343 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Standard
33348 \begin_inset Graphics
33349 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33350 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33362 \begin_layout Standard
33365 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33376 \begin_layout Standard
33377 \begin_inset Graphics
33378 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33379 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Standard
33394 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33405 \begin_layout Standard
33406 \begin_inset Graphics
33407 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33408 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33420 \begin_layout Standard
33423 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33430 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Standard
33435 \begin_inset Graphics
33436 filename ../images/undo.png
33437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33449 \begin_layout Standard
33452 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33459 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Standard
33464 \begin_inset Graphics
33465 filename ../images/redo.png
33466 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33478 \begin_layout Standard
33481 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33492 \begin_layout Standard
33493 \begin_inset Graphics
33494 filename ../images/cut.png
33495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33507 \begin_layout Standard
33510 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33521 \begin_layout Standard
33522 \begin_inset Graphics
33523 filename ../images/copy.png
33524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33536 \begin_layout Standard
33539 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33546 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Standard
33551 \begin_inset Graphics
33552 filename ../images/paste.png
33553 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Standard
33568 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33575 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33579 \begin_layout Standard
33580 \begin_inset Graphics
33581 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33582 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33583 rotateOrigin center
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Standard
33598 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33599 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33600 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Standard
33612 \begin_inset Graphics
33613 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33614 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Standard
33627 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33629 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Standard
33644 \begin_inset Graphics
33645 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33646 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33658 \begin_layout Standard
33659 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33661 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33671 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33675 \begin_layout Standard
33676 \begin_inset Graphics
33677 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33678 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Standard
33691 Formats text using the current settings in the
33693 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Standard
33708 \begin_inset Graphics
33709 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33710 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33722 \begin_layout Standard
33725 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33726 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33727 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33734 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33738 \begin_layout Standard
33739 \begin_inset Graphics
33740 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33741 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33742 rotateOrigin center
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Standard
33757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33768 \begin_layout Standard
33769 \begin_inset Graphics
33770 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33771 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33772 rotateOrigin center
33781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33784 \begin_layout Standard
33787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33794 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Standard
33799 \begin_inset Graphics
33800 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33801 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33802 rotateOrigin center
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Standard
33815 Toggle outline window on/off,
33817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Standard
33829 \begin_inset Graphics
33830 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33831 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33832 rotateOrigin center
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Standard
33845 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33855 \begin_layout Standard
33856 \begin_inset Graphics
33857 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33858 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33859 rotateOrigin center
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Standard
33872 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33885 \begin_layout Subsection
33887 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33888 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33895 \begin_layout Standard
33896 \begin_inset Graphics
33897 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33905 \begin_layout Standard
33906 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33912 \begin_layout Standard
33913 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33917 \begin_layout Standard
33918 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33924 \begin_layout Standard
33925 \begin_inset Tabular
33926 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
33927 <features islongtable="true">
33928 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33929 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33934 \begin_layout Standard
33935 \begin_inset Graphics
33936 filename ../images/layout.png
33937 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33938 rotateOrigin center
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Standard
33957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33961 \begin_layout Standard
33962 \begin_inset Graphics
33963 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
33964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33965 rotateOrigin center
33974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33977 \begin_layout Standard
33984 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33988 \begin_layout Standard
33989 \begin_inset Graphics
33990 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
33991 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33992 rotateOrigin center
34001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34004 \begin_layout Standard
34011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Standard
34016 \begin_inset Graphics
34017 filename ../images/layout_List.png
34018 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34019 rotateOrigin center
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Standard
34038 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34042 \begin_layout Standard
34043 \begin_inset Graphics
34044 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
34045 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34046 rotateOrigin center
34055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34058 \begin_layout Standard
34065 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34069 \begin_layout Standard
34070 \begin_inset Graphics
34071 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
34072 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34073 rotateOrigin center
34082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34085 \begin_layout Standard
34088 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34089 Increase\InsetSpace ~
34097 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Standard
34102 \begin_inset Graphics
34103 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
34104 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34105 rotateOrigin center
34114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34117 \begin_layout Standard
34120 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34121 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
34129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34133 \begin_layout Standard
34134 \begin_inset Graphics
34135 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
34136 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Standard
34151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34152 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34163 \begin_layout Standard
34164 \begin_inset Graphics
34165 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
34166 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34178 \begin_layout Standard
34181 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34182 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34189 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34193 \begin_layout Standard
34194 \begin_inset Graphics
34195 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34196 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Standard
34211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Standard
34223 \begin_inset Graphics
34224 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34237 \begin_layout Standard
34240 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34251 \begin_layout Standard
34252 \begin_inset Graphics
34253 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34266 \begin_layout Standard
34269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34280 \begin_layout Standard
34281 \begin_inset Graphics
34282 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34283 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34295 \begin_layout Standard
34298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34306 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34310 \begin_layout Standard
34311 \begin_inset Graphics
34312 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34313 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34325 \begin_layout Standard
34328 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34329 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34336 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34340 \begin_layout Standard
34341 \begin_inset Graphics
34342 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34355 \begin_layout Standard
34358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34365 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34369 \begin_layout Standard
34370 \begin_inset Graphics
34371 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34372 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34373 rotateOrigin center
34382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34385 \begin_layout Standard
34388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34389 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34400 \begin_layout Standard
34401 \begin_inset Graphics
34402 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34403 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34415 \begin_layout Standard
34418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34419 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34431 \begin_layout Standard
34432 \begin_inset Graphics
34433 filename ../images/box-insert.png
34434 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34446 \begin_layout Standard
34449 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34456 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34460 \begin_layout Standard
34461 \begin_inset Graphics
34462 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34463 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34475 \begin_layout Standard
34478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34489 \begin_layout Standard
34490 \begin_inset Graphics
34491 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34504 \begin_layout Standard
34507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34514 \begin_layout Standard
34529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34533 \begin_layout Standard
34534 \begin_inset Graphics
34535 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34536 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34548 \begin_layout Standard
34551 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34552 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34560 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34564 \begin_layout Standard
34565 \begin_inset Graphics
34566 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34567 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34568 rotateOrigin center
34577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34580 \begin_layout Standard
34583 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34595 \begin_layout Standard
34596 \begin_inset Graphics
34597 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34599 rotateOrigin center
34608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34611 \begin_layout Standard
34614 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34615 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34626 \begin_layout Standard
34627 \begin_inset Graphics
34628 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34629 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34630 rotateOrigin center
34639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34642 \begin_layout Standard
34645 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34659 \begin_layout Subsection
34660 View / Update Toolbar
34661 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34662 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34670 \begin_inset Graphics
34671 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34678 \begin_layout Standard
34679 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34685 \begin_layout Standard
34686 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34690 \begin_layout Standard
34691 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34697 \begin_layout Standard
34698 \begin_inset Tabular
34699 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34700 <features islongtable="true">
34701 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34702 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34703 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34707 \begin_layout Standard
34708 \begin_inset Graphics
34709 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34710 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34711 rotateOrigin center
34720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34723 \begin_layout Standard
34726 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34733 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34737 \begin_layout Standard
34738 \begin_inset Graphics
34739 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34740 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34741 rotateOrigin center
34750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34753 \begin_layout Standard
34756 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34757 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34768 \begin_layout Standard
34769 \begin_inset Graphics
34770 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34771 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34772 rotateOrigin center
34781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34784 \begin_layout Standard
34787 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34794 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34798 \begin_layout Standard
34799 \begin_inset Graphics
34800 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34801 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34802 rotateOrigin center
34811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34814 \begin_layout Standard
34817 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34818 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34823 \begin_layout Standard
34824 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34825 functionality is merged with
34827 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34842 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34846 \begin_layout Standard
34847 \begin_inset Graphics
34848 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34849 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34850 rotateOrigin center
34859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34862 \begin_layout Standard
34865 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34876 \begin_layout Standard
34877 \begin_inset Graphics
34878 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34880 rotateOrigin center
34889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34892 \begin_layout Standard
34895 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34896 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34910 \begin_layout Subsection
34914 \begin_layout Standard
34915 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34917 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34918 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34922 , the table toolbar
34923 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34924 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34928 is explained in the
34935 \begin_layout Chapter
34941 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34942 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34947 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34955 \begin_layout Standard
34956 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34958 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34961 \begin_layout Section
34965 \begin_layout Subsection
34967 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34973 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34974 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34979 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34980 name "Customization ! of menus"
34987 \begin_layout Standard
34988 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34991 \begin_layout Standard
34996 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
35004 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35005 User Interface File
35006 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35007 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
35012 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35013 name "Customization ! of menus"
35020 \begin_layout Standard
35021 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
35022 interface (ui) file.
35023 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
35024 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
35033 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
35034 files and edit the entries.
35037 \begin_layout Standard
35038 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
35050 entries must be ended with an explicit
35075 and in the case of the
35076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35088 The syntax for the entries is:
35091 \begin_layout Standard
35092 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35120 \begin_layout Standard
35122 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35125 All LyX-functions are listed in
35126 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35134 \begin_layout Standard
35135 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
35141 \begin_layout Standard
35142 An example: Assuming you use the menu
35144 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35147 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
35151 \begin_layout Standard
35152 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35157 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
35160 \begin_layout Standard
35162 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
35165 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
35168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35170 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35178 \begin_layout Standard
35179 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
35180 Several binding files are available:
35183 \begin_layout Description
35184 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
35187 \begin_layout Description
35188 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
35199 \begin_layout Description
35200 mac.bind set of bindings for
35202 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35208 \begin_layout Standard
35209 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
35213 , and bind files for special languages.
35214 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
35216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35224 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35228 \begin_layout Standard
35229 Some bind-files, like
35233 , have only a small scope.
35234 When looking at the the end of the file
35238 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35241 \begin_layout Standard
35242 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35243 s with a text editor.
35244 The syntax of the entries is:
35247 \begin_layout Standard
35253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35271 \begin_layout Standard
35272 All LyX-functions are listed in
35273 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35281 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35285 \begin_layout Standard
35288 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35289 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35290 restore window size, or use fixed size
35292 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35296 \begin_layout Standard
35299 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35300 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35301 restore window position
35303 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35306 \begin_layout Standard
35309 Restore cursor positions
35311 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35315 \begin_layout Standard
35318 Load opened files from last session
35320 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35325 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35326 name "sub:Backup documents"
35331 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35332 name "Backup ! Documents"
35339 \begin_layout Standard
35344 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35347 \begin_layout Standard
35352 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35355 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35366 \begin_layout Standard
35369 Cursor follows scrollbar
35371 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35375 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35379 \begin_layout Standard
35382 Enable Pixmap Cache
35384 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
35385 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
35386 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
35387 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
35389 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac\InsetSpace ~
35394 \begin_layout Subsection
35396 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35397 name "Font ! Screen"
35402 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35403 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35410 \begin_layout Standard
35411 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35414 \begin_layout Standard
35415 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35423 This section only deals with the fonts
35428 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35431 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35442 \begin_layout Standard
35443 By default, LyX uses
35447 as roman (serif) font,
35455 (depends on the system) as
35471 \begin_layout Standard
35472 You can change the font size with the
35479 \begin_layout Standard
35484 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35485 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35486 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35487 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35488 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35490 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35491 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35498 \begin_layout Standard
35503 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35504 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35508 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35510 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35511 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35518 \begin_layout Subsection
35520 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35521 name "Color ! LyX screen"
35526 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35527 name "Settings ! Color"
35534 \begin_layout Standard
35535 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35536 Choose an item in the list and use the
35543 \begin_layout Subsection
35545 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35546 name "Settings ! Graphics"
35553 \begin_layout Standard
35554 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35557 \begin_layout Standard
35562 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35563 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35565 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35566 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35573 \begin_layout Subsection
35575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35576 name "Keyboard Map"
35581 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35582 name "Settings ! Keyboard Map"
35587 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35588 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
35595 \begin_layout Standard
35596 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35597 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35598 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35600 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35601 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35608 \begin_layout Standard
35609 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35612 \begin_layout Standard
35617 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35625 \begin_layout Section
35627 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35633 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35634 name "Settings ! Directory"
35641 \begin_layout Description
35642 Working\InsetSpace ~
35643 directory This is LyX's working directory.
35644 It is the default when you
35660 \begin_layout Description
35661 Document\InsetSpace ~
35662 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
35664 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35672 \begin_layout Description
35673 Backup\InsetSpace ~
35675 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35676 name "Backup ! Directory"
35680 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
35681 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
35683 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35684 reference "sub:Backup documents"
35692 will be used to save the backups.
35694 The backup files have the ending
35695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35705 \begin_layout Description
35710 \begin_layout Standard
35717 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
35718 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
35721 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35724 \begin_layout Standard
35729 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
35737 \begin_layout Description
35738 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
35739 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
35742 \begin_layout Description
35744 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
35745 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
35746 to find it on the system.
35747 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
35748 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
35749 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35750 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35751 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
35752 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
35757 \begin_layout Section
35761 \begin_layout Standard
35762 Here you can insert your name and email address.
35763 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
35764 in section\InsetSpace ~
35766 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35767 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35771 , to mark changes you make as yours.
35774 \begin_layout Section
35776 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35777 name "Language ! Settings"
35782 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35783 name "Settings ! Language"
35790 \begin_layout Subsection
35794 \begin_layout Description
35795 Default\InsetSpace ~
35796 language is the language used in new documents
35799 \begin_layout Description
35800 Language\InsetSpace ~
35801 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
35803 The default is the LaTeX-command
35809 that loads the package
35817 \begin_layout Standard
35818 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
35820 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35821 reference "sec:ERT"
35836 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
35837 the document language.
35838 A text label is for instance the word
35839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35846 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35849 \begin_layout Description
35850 Command\InsetSpace ~
35851 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
35852 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
35853 An example is the start command
35859 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
35864 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35878 selectlanguage{$$lang}
35883 \begin_layout Description
35884 Command\InsetSpace ~
35890 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
35891 command toggles the package on and off.
35894 \begin_layout Description
35903 \begin_layout Description
35904 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
35905 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
35906 used by all LaTeX-packages.
35907 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
35914 \begin_layout Description
35916 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
35918 When this option is not set, the
35920 Command\InsetSpace ~
35923 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
35924 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
35926 Command\InsetSpace ~
35932 \begin_layout Description
35940 When it is not set, the
35942 Command\InsetSpace ~
35945 is set to the end of the document.
35948 \begin_layout Description
35950 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35951 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
35952 the document language will be underlined blue.
35955 \begin_layout Description
35959 language\InsetSpace ~
35960 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
35961 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
35964 \begin_layout Subsection
35968 \begin_layout Standard
35969 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35971 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35972 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35979 \begin_layout Section
35983 \begin_layout Subsection
35985 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35991 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35997 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35998 name "Settings ! Printer"
36005 \begin_layout Description
36006 Default\InsetSpace ~
36007 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
36008 The name will be used when the
36015 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36018 \begin_layout Standard
36023 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
36032 \begin_layout Description
36034 output\InsetSpace ~
36036 printer This option works only for the
36041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36053 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
36054 This is an option only for dvips experts.
36057 \begin_layout Description
36058 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36059 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36060 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36061 LaTeX uses for printing.
36062 The default is on most systems
36069 \begin_layout Description
36070 Printer\InsetSpace ~
36071 Command\InsetSpace ~
36072 Options Here you can specify printer options.
36073 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
36074 of the program that provides the
36081 \begin_layout Subsection
36083 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36089 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36090 name "Settings ! Date format"
36097 \begin_layout Standard
36098 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
36101 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36102 target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
36108 For example the format
36112 prints the date as day/month/year.
36115 \begin_layout Subsection
36119 \begin_layout Description
36120 Output\InsetSpace ~
36122 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
36123 when using the menu
36125 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36126 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36131 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
36135 \begin_layout Description
36137 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
36142 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
36143 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
36146 \begin_layout Subsection
36151 \begin_layout Standard
36159 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36160 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
36165 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36166 name "Settings ! LaTeX"
36173 \begin_layout Description
36178 \begin_layout Standard
36186 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
36191 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
36213 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
36214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36226 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
36227 LyX sets up in the background.
36228 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
36231 \begin_layout Description
36232 Default\InsetSpace ~
36234 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
36239 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
36242 \begin_layout Description
36245 options\InsetSpace ~
36247 document\InsetSpace ~
36248 classes\InsetSpace ~
36249 changes Removes all manually set document
36250 class options in the
36252 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36255 dialog when changing the document class.
36258 \begin_layout Standard
36261 External Applications
36263 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
36264 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
36265 manuals of the applications.
36266 Currently the following commands can be set:
36269 \begin_layout Description
36274 \begin_layout Standard
36282 command Command for the program
36286 that is described in section
36297 \begin_layout Description
36302 \begin_layout Standard
36310 command Command for the program
36314 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
36316 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36317 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36324 \begin_layout Description
36326 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
36328 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36329 reference "sub:Index-Program"
36336 \begin_layout Description
36338 viewer\InsetSpace ~
36341 options They only have an effect when the program
36345 is used as DVI-viewer.
36348 \begin_layout Subsection
36350 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36356 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36357 name "Settings ! Paths"
36364 \begin_layout Standard
36369 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
36372 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
36374 uses the Windows path style:
36377 \begin_layout Standard
36385 \begin_layout Standard
36386 instead of the Unix path style:
36389 \begin_layout Standard
36393 \begin_layout Section
36395 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36403 \begin_layout Standard
36404 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
36405 from one format to another.
36406 You can modify them or create new ones.
36407 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
36421 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
36427 drop-down list, modify the
36431 field, and press the
36438 \begin_layout Standard
36441 Converter File Cache
36443 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
36446 Maximum Age (in days
36449 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
36450 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
36453 \begin_layout Standard
36454 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
36455 the converter definition, is described in section
36466 \begin_layout Section
36468 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36469 name "File formats"
36474 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36475 name "sec:File-Formats"
36482 \begin_layout Standard
36483 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
36484 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
36486 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
36503 \begin_layout Standard
36504 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
36505 is described in section
36516 \begin_layout Section
36518 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36526 \begin_layout Standard
36527 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
36528 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
36529 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
36530 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
36531 This is done by a Copier.
36534 \begin_layout Standard
36535 More about converters is described in section
36546 \begin_layout Chapter
36547 Units available in LyX
36548 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36554 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36555 name "cha:Units-available-in"
36562 \begin_layout Standard
36563 To understand the units described in this documentation,
36564 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36565 reference "cap:Units"
36569 explains all units available in LyX.
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 \begin_inset Float table
36579 \begin_layout Standard
36580 \begin_inset Caption
36582 \begin_layout Standard
36583 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36596 \begin_layout Standard
36597 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36603 \begin_layout Standard
36605 \begin_inset Tabular
36606 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
36609 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
36610 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36614 \begin_layout Standard
36620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36623 \begin_layout Standard
36630 <row topline="true">
36631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36634 \begin_layout Standard
36640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36643 \begin_layout Standard
36650 <row topline="true">
36651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36654 \begin_layout Standard
36660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36663 \begin_layout Standard
36670 <row topline="true">
36671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36674 \begin_layout Standard
36680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36683 \begin_layout Standard
36690 <row topline="true">
36691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36694 \begin_layout Standard
36700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36703 \begin_layout Standard
36704 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36705 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36712 <row topline="true">
36713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36716 \begin_layout Standard
36722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36726 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36727 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36734 <row topline="true">
36735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36747 \begin_layout Standard
36748 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36749 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36756 <row topline="true">
36757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36760 \begin_layout Standard
36766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36769 \begin_layout Standard
36770 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36771 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36778 <row topline="true">
36779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36782 \begin_layout Standard
36788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36791 \begin_layout Standard
36792 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36794 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36797 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36804 <row topline="true">
36805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36808 \begin_layout Standard
36814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36817 \begin_layout Standard
36818 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36819 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36826 <row topline="true">
36827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36830 \begin_layout Standard
36836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36839 \begin_layout Standard
36840 % of original image width
36846 <row topline="true">
36847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36850 \begin_layout Standard
36856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36859 \begin_layout Standard
36866 <row topline="true">
36867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36870 \begin_layout Standard
36876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36879 \begin_layout Standard
36886 <row topline="true">
36887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36890 \begin_layout Standard
36896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36899 \begin_layout Standard
36906 <row topline="true">
36907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36910 \begin_layout Standard
36916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36919 \begin_layout Standard
36926 <row topline="true">
36927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36930 \begin_layout Standard
36936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36939 \begin_layout Standard
36946 <row topline="true">
36947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36950 \begin_layout Standard
36956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36959 \begin_layout Standard
36966 <row topline="true">
36967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36970 \begin_layout Standard
36976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36979 \begin_layout Standard
36990 <row topline="true">
36991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36994 \begin_layout Standard
37000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37003 \begin_layout Standard
37014 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
37015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37018 \begin_layout Standard
37024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37027 \begin_layout Standard
37028 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37029 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37048 \begin_layout Chapter
37050 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
37058 \begin_layout Standard
37059 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
37060 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
37063 \begin_layout Itemize
37066 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
37069 \begin_layout Itemize
37075 \begin_layout Itemize
37081 \begin_layout Itemize
37087 \begin_layout Itemize
37093 \begin_layout Itemize
37099 \begin_layout Itemize
37105 \begin_layout Itemize
37111 \begin_layout Itemize
37114 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
37117 \begin_layout Itemize
37123 \begin_layout Itemize
37129 \begin_layout Itemize
37135 \begin_layout Itemize
37141 \begin_layout Itemize
37147 \begin_layout Itemize
37153 \begin_layout Itemize
37159 \begin_layout Itemize
37165 \begin_layout Itemize
37167 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
37175 \begin_layout Standard
37178 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
37185 \begin_layout Bibliography
37186 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37196 \begin_layout Standard
37200 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
37209 \begin_layout Standard
37217 \begin_inset Note Note
37220 \begin_layout Standard
37227 is explained in the
37232 It creates a hyperlink.
37240 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37241 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
37248 \begin_layout Bibliography
37249 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37250 key "latexcompanion"
37254 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
37256 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
37259 Addison-Wesley, 2004
37262 \begin_layout Bibliography
37263 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37268 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
37271 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
37274 Addison-Wesley, 2003
37277 \begin_layout Bibliography
37278 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37285 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
37288 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
37291 \begin_layout Bibliography
37292 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37304 Addison-Wesley, 1984
37307 \begin_layout Bibliography
37308 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37316 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37317 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
37324 \begin_layout Bibliography
37325 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37331 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37332 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
37333 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
37340 \begin_layout Bibliography
37341 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37350 \begin_layout Standard
37354 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
37363 \begin_layout Standard
37377 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37378 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
37385 \begin_layout Bibliography
37386 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37395 \begin_layout Standard
37399 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
37408 \begin_layout Standard
37415 of the LaTeX-package
37420 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37421 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
37428 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37429 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
37436 \begin_layout Bibliography
37437 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37446 \begin_layout Standard
37450 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
37460 \begin_layout Standard
37467 of the LaTeX-package
37472 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37473 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
37480 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37481 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
37488 \begin_layout Bibliography
37489 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37498 \begin_layout Standard
37502 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
37512 \begin_layout Standard
37519 of the LaTeX-package
37524 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37525 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
37532 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37533 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
37540 \begin_layout Bibliography
37541 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37550 \begin_layout Standard
37554 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
37563 \begin_layout Standard
37570 of the LaTeX-package
37575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37576 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
37583 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37584 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
37591 \begin_layout Bibliography
37592 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37601 \begin_layout Standard
37605 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
37614 \begin_layout Standard
37621 of the LaTeX-package
37626 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37627 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
37634 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37635 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
37642 \begin_layout Bibliography
37643 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37652 \begin_layout Standard
37656 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
37665 \begin_layout Standard
37672 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37675 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37676 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37683 \begin_layout Bibliography
37684 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37693 \begin_layout Standard
37697 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37706 \begin_layout Standard
37713 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37716 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37717 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37724 \begin_layout Bibliography
37725 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37734 \begin_layout Standard
37738 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37747 \begin_layout Standard
37754 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37757 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37758 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37765 \begin_layout Bibliography
37766 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37775 \begin_layout Standard
37779 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37788 \begin_layout Standard
37795 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37798 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37799 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37806 \begin_layout Bibliography
37807 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37816 \begin_layout Standard
37820 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37829 \begin_layout Standard
37836 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37839 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37840 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37847 \begin_layout Bibliography
37848 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37857 \begin_layout Standard
37861 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList}{
37870 \begin_layout Standard
37877 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37880 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37881 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
37888 \begin_layout Standard
37895 \begin_layout Standard
37906 \begin_layout Standard
37922 \begin_inset Note Note
37925 \begin_layout Standard
37932 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
37933 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
37934 bibliography is the second one:
37942 \begin_layout Standard
37943 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37944 options "biblio/alphadin"
37945 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
37952 \begin_layout Standard
37953 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
37956 \begin_layout Standard
37959 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
37964 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex